MOUNTAIN BIKE EVENTSTRAINING GUIDE FOR COMMISSAIRES
2017-2018
UPDATED SEPTEMBER 2017

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CONTENTSABBREVATIONS			

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 3

CHAPTER 4

CHAPTER 5

4

STRUCTURES

5

1.1. THE STRUCTURE OF THE UCI

6

1.2. NATIONAL FEDERATIONS

13

1.3. CONTINENTAL CONFEDERATIONS

14COMMISSAIRE

15

2.1. THE IMPORTANCE OF COMMISSAIRES

16

2.2. THE TRAINING OF COMMISSAIRES

20

2.3. THE SPECIALISATION OF COMMISSAIRES

22

2.4. THE CAREER OF AN INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

24

2.5. UCI TOOLS FOR COMMISSAIRES

25

2.6. CODE OF CONDUCT28

REGULATIONS

30

3.1. UCI REGULATIONS

31

3.2. NATIONAL FEDERATION REGULATIONS

36

3.3. SPECIFIC REGULATIONS37

MTB EVENTS

39

4.1. BEFORE THE RACE - RACE PREPARATION

40

4.2. DURING THE RACE I - MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

52

4.3. DURING THE RACE II - SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

93

4.4. THE FINISH

142

4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

146

4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

163

4.7. RADIO PROTOCOL

169

4.8. MEDIA/PRESS170

CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

173

5.1. PRINCIPLES

174

5.2. CLOTHING COMPLIANCE

175

5.3. EQUIPMENT COMPLIANCE

181

5.4. IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

182

Sports Departement_2

CONTENTS

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

AFTER THE RACE

185

6.1. OFFICIAL CEREMONY (PODIUM)

186

6.2. FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS AND MEETINGS

187

6.3. THE RACE REPORT

190

CHAPTER 7

ANTI-DOPING192

CHAPTER 8

ENVIRONMENT

196

8.1. PREPARATION FOR THE EVENT

197

8.2. DURING THE EVENT198

MANAGEMENT AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

200

9.1. MANAGEMENT AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

201

9.2. SPEAKING AND INTERVENTIONS BY THE COMMISSAIRE

205

9.3. RESPONDING TO AN INTERVIEW

207

9.4. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ TEAM208

GLOSSARY

210

CHAPTER 6

CHAPTER 9

CHAPTER 10

Sports Departement_3

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

ABBREVIATIONS
XC

Cross-country

XCO

Cross-country Olympic

XCM

Cross-country marathon

XCP

Cross-country point-to-point (or: point to point)

XCC

Cross-country short circuit (or: Short Track)

XCE

Cross-country eliminator

XCT

Cross-country time trial (or: Time Trial)

XCR

Cross-country team relay (or: Team Relay)

XCS

Cross-country stage race (or: Stage races)DH

Downhill

DHI

Downhill Individual

DHM

Downhill Marathon

4X

Four Cross

END

EnduroFJ

Finish judge

PCP

President of the Commissaires’ panel

CP

Commissaires panel

TD

Technical delegate

NF

National federation

APCP

Assistant of the president of the Commissaires’ panel

F/TA ZONE

Feed / technical assistance zone

DNS

Did not start

DNF

Did not finish

DCO

Doping Control Officer

DSQ

Disqualified

Sports Departement_4

CHAPTER 1

STRUCTURES© Graham Watson

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

UCI

PANAMERICANCYCLING
CONFEDERATIONASIANCYCLING
CONFEDERATIONEUROPEANCYCLING
CONFEDERATIONOCEANIANCYCLING
CONFEDERATIONAFRICANCYCLING
CONFEDERATIONUSA CYCLING,ETC.

CYCLINGFEDERATIONOF INDIA, ETC.

FRENCH CYCLINGFEDERATION,ETC.

CYCLING
AUSTRALIA,ETC.

CYCLING
SOUTH AFRICA,ETC.

NATIONAL
FEDERATIONSCONTINENTAL
CONFEDERATIONSINTERNATIONALFEDERATIONTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

DIAGRAM. Structures from international to national level

1.1. THE STRUCTURE OF THE UCI

1.1.1.
GENERAL OPERATIONGENERAL POINTSIt is essential for future elite national and International
Commissaires to have a good knowledge of the UCI and its
missions. In fact – in the eyes of the athletes, organisers andauthorities – Commissaires represent the UCI when carryingout their functions.
The Union Cycliste Internationale is the International Federation of cycling recognised by the International Olympic Committee. Founded in Paris in 1900, the UCI now has its headquarters at the World Cycling Centre in Aigle, Switzerland.

Sports Departement_6

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 1 - STRUCTURESThe UCI coordinates and develops the eight disciplines of cycling (road, track, mountain bike, cyclo-cross, BMX, trials,
indoor cycling and para-cycling) on all five continents.

NUMBER OF UCI MTB EVENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN OF ALL CLASSES
AND CATEGORIES ON THE FIVE CONTINENTS IN 2014* *Only confirmed events are considered (events initially registered but then cancelled for financial or other reasons are notincluded, data 08.02.2014)

DIAGRAM. Number of UCI MTB events for Men and Women of all classes and categories
on the five continents in 2014.

The UCI’s mission is to develop and promote cycling, in close collaboration with National Federations, as a competitive sportwith its associated values (effort, well-being and fair play), as a recreational activity that is good for health and also as anenvironmentally-friendly means of transport.
In order to carry out its mission, the UCI is supported by its administrative service, which, while respecting the values
associated with the heritage of cycling:• offers its skills and services to National Federations and other organisations in the cycling movement;• supports education and development activities;• responds to the needs of cyclists through innovative, concrete initiatives;• represents cycling on sports and public bodies;• regulates the sport of cycling and organises the World Championships, World Cups and cycling events of the
Olympic Games.

IDENTITYCONSTITUTION, CHAPTER I – ARTICLE 1• The International Cycling Union (UCI) is the association of national cycling federations.
• The UCI is a non-governmental international association with a non-profit-making purpose of international
interest.

Sports Departement_7

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 1 - STRUCTURESMISSIONSCONSTITUTION, CHAPTER I – ARTICLE 2• to direct, develop, regulate, control and discipline
cycling under all forms worldwide,• to promote cycling in all the countries of the world
and at all levels,• to organise, for all cycling sport disciplines, WorldChampionships of which it is the sole holder andowner,• to encourage friendship between all members of
the cycling world,• to promote sportsmanship and fair play,•
to represent the sport of cycling and defend
its interests before the International Olympic
Committeeand all national and international
authorities, to cooperate with the International
Olympic Committee, in particular as regards theparticipation of cyclists in the Olympic Games.

SPECIFICALLY, THE UCI:

• sets the dates of races on the international calendar,• establishes the regulations for the disciplines of cycling,• develops the disciplines of cycling around the world,• organises educational programmes,• fights against doping.

THE PRINCIPLES OF RESPECT (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER I – ARTICLE 3)• Equality between all members, athletes, licence holders and officials, without any discrimination.
• Non-interference in the internal affairs of federations.
• Respect of the Olympic Charter for cyclists participating in the Olympic Games.

MEMBERS (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER II – ARTICLES 4 TO 22)• The members of the UCI shall be the National Federations of cycling accepted by the Congress as being therepresentative organisation for cycling in general in the country of that National Federation.

• Only one federation per country is admitted.
• The UCI Regulations shall be incorporated in the corresponding regulations of the federations.
• The constitutions and regulations of the federations must not contradict those of the UCI. In the event of discrepancy, solely the Constitution and Regulations of the UCI shall apply. The constitutions and regulations of
the federations must contain an express clause that, in the event of divergence with the UCI Constitution orRegulations, solely the latter shall apply.

Sports Departement_8

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

OFFICIAL LANGUAGES (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER XIV – ARTICLES 79 TO 81)• The official languages of the UCI are French and English.
•The Constitution, Regulations and minutes, as well as all

documents submitted to the Congress, shall be drawn
up in French and English.

• All documents or letters sent to the UCI must be drafted
in French or English.

SYMBOLS (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER XV – ARTICLES 82 TO 84)
The flag, the colours arranged thereon, the logo and its
reproduction, as well as the name "Union Cycliste Internationale" and the abbreviation "UCI" are the property of theUnion Cycliste Internationale and may not be used without
its consent.

COMPETENT COURTS (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTERS XIII AND XVI)

• The UCI Regulations established by the Management
Committee, and in particular the UCI Anti-doping Rules,
may be subject to an appeal to the Court of Arbitrationfor Sport in Lausanne, Switzerland.

• The Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS) is solely competent to hear and rule on appeals:- against sporting, disciplinary and administrativedecisions taken in accordance with the UCI Regulations,- between UCI bodies, including continental confederations, and disputes between federations.

• The Court of Arbitration for Sport is the court of last instance. Its rulings are final.

• Proceedings before the Court of Arbitration for Sport aregoverned by UCI Regulations and, for the rest, by the
Code of Arbitration for Sport.

Sports Departement_9

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

1.1.2.
GENERAL ORGANISATIONCONGRESSCOMMISSIONSMANAGEMENT COMMITTEEEXECUTIVE BOARD

PRESIDENT

GENERAL DIRECTOR

SPORT & TECHNICALEVENT & MARKETINGADMINISTRATIONSERVICES

Independent entitiesCADF

CYCLING ANTI-DOPING FOUNDATIONWCCWORLD CYCLING CENTRE

GCP

GLOBAL CYCLING PROMOTIONDIAGRAM. General organisation of the UCI

1.1.3.
MAIN BODIESCONGRESS• This is the supreme controlling body of the UCI.
• The representatives of accredited National Federations attend the Congresseach year.

• The Congress elects the Management Committee, to which it delegates
the responsibility for managing the UCI.

• This is the decision-making body. Comprising 15 members, the Management
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEEADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE

Committee assumes broad rights and responsibilities that allow it to undertake,without delay, any action that may be necessary as a result of events. The
Management Committee operates in a flexible, swift manner.
• The Management Committee sets up Commissions as it considers necessary for the proper operation of the UCI. The Management Committee
defines the areas on which the Commissions work, decides how they operate and appoints Commission members.

• This is the operational body. It comprises individuals who are professionals

in their sphere and former elite sportspeople. The Administrative Service is
responsible for all operational tasks arising from Management Committee
decisions.
Sports Departement_10

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

1.1.4.
KEY FUNCTIONS• Chairs the UCI Congress, Management Committee and Executive Board.

PRESIDENT

Represents the UCI on all occasions. The President also represents the UCI
in legal cases, whether as the plaintiff or defendant.

• Appointed by the UCI President. The General Director is responsible fordrafting the minutes of the Congress and the meetings of the Management
Committee and Executive Board. The General Director updates theConstitution and Regulations and oversees the production and distributionof publications. The General Director is responsible for the operation of UCI
headquarters and its employees.

GENERAL DIRECTOR

1.1.5.
SPORT AND TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT
The Sport and Technical Department is the UCI department that manages the sporting organisation of cycling at a
global level. The Department represents the direct link between:• the organisers of cycling events and the UCI,
• the National Federations and the UCI,
• the teams/riders and the UCI.

NATIONAL FEDERATIONSORGANISERS OF CYCLING
EVENTSTEAMS/RIDERS

SPORT & TECHNICAL DEPARTMENTDIAGRAM. The role of the UCI Sport and Technical Department

Sports Departement_11

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

The Sport and Technical Department occupies a pivotal position at several levels:• at the administrative level through the registration of teams and events on the UCI calendar,• at the sporting level with the organisation of the World Championships for all disciplines,• at an economic level with regards to financial obligations,• at the regulatory level, with the reconciliation of the sporting regulations with the development of cycle sport,• at the level of refereeing events, with the training of elite national and International Commissaires as well as
their appointment to events,• at the level of development, concerning individuals involved on the ground, overseeing the development of
the disciplines and competitions over a period of time and all around the world.

1.1.6.
THE UCI COMMISSIONSThe Management Committee sets up Commissions and nominates their members. The 21 Commissions which cover all
aspects of the sport of cycling are as follows:
REVIEW AT 12/05/2014
1. ROAD12. WOMEN’S

2. TRACK

13. MEDICAL

3. MOUNTAIN BIKE

14. AUDIT COMMITEE

4. CYCLO-CROSS
5. BMX
6. TRIALS
7. PARA-CYCLING
8. INDOOR CYCLING

15. INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT & NATIONAL FEDERATION
16. ATHLETES
17. COMMISSAIRES
18. ROAD COMPETITIONS’

9. MASS PARTICIPATION EVENT

19. REMUNERATION

10. ADVOCACY

20. EQUIPMENT

11. CAD - ANTI-DOPING

21. P
 ROFESSIONAL CYCLING COUNCILNEWLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• List the UCI’s main missions and values.
• Explain how UCI Regulations must be incorporated into National Federation regulations.
• Name the two official languages of the UCI.
• State the location of UCI headquarters.
• Describe who has responsibility for training and appointing Commissaires.
• Describe the UCI logo and its ownership.

Sports Departement_12

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

1.2. NATIONAL FEDERATIONSSTRUCTURES AND DUTIESCommissaires must be aware of and understand their National Federation’s structure.
There is no standard structure for a National Federation. National federations are a product of each country’s laws andarrangements and thus each federation is organised differently.
Nevertheless, National Federations affiliated to the UCI all have the duty to act in accordance with the UCI’s Constitution, Regulations and values.
This means that Commissaires play an important role as they are conversant with the UCI Regulations. They participate
in the development of cycling in their country by means of regular cooperation with teams, organisers and Commissaires
from other nations and/or cultures. Commissaires’ observations and experiences are key elements in harmonising thepractices and values of cycling around the world.
Federations must conduct their internal affairs independently and ensure that no third parties become involved in theirfunctioning. They must preserve their autonomy and resist any political, religious or economic pressures that may undermine their commitment to conform to the UCI Constitution.

AFFILIATIONAll requests for affiliation are examined by the Management Committee. Before such requests are submitted to Congress,
the Management Committee may ask for further information from the candidate federation or indicate amendmentsthat should be made to its structures or rules to ensure compliance with the UCI’s rules and principles.

THE OBLIGATIONS OF NATIONAL FEDERATIONS
Federations shall make every effort to allow individuals who are members of other federations to participate in international cycling activities organised in their country.
Any infringements of the obligations incumbent upon a federation by virtue of the UCI Constitution or Regulations shall be
penalised by a fine of CHF 300.00 to 10,000.00, to be established by the Management Committee. The Management
Committee may delegate this competence.
Each federation pays an annual subscription. The amount of the annual subscription is set by the Congress upon the
proposal of the Management Committee.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the organisation and operation of the National Federation of their country.

• Explain how the Commissaires of their country are instructed and appointed.

• Describe the structure of the administrative department responsible for the technical management of
the sport as well as for the instruction and appointment of National Commissaires in their country.

• List the staff of the administrative service of their• Describe how the UCI is organised and governed.
• Describe the general organisation of the UCI.
• Explain the duties of the Management Committee
and those of the UCI’s principal institutions.

• List the staff at the UCI responsible for matters relating to Commissaires and give details of the personnel
responsible for administering the disciplines in which
they are active.

country’s National Federation who are responsible forthe technical management of the sport and the training and appointment of National Commissaires.

Sports Departement_13

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 1 - STRUCTURES

1.3. CONTINENTAL CONFEDERATIONS
Federations from the same continent are grouped together in a continental confederation, an administrative organisation that forms an integral part of the UCI. Each federation is a member of the confederation of the continent in which its
national capital is located. (CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER III – ARTICLES 23 TO 26)
There are five continental confederations:

AFRICAAMERICAASIAEUROPE

OCEANIA

DIAGRAM. Continental confederations

MISSION
The continental confederations are responsible for the development of cycling on their respective continents and keep
the UCI informed of any problems relating to cycling on their continent.
The continental confederations submit proposals to the UCI Management Committee for activities that could be organised at continental level, in particular with respect to:• drawing up the continental calendar of cycling events;• the organisation and planning of training courses for Commissaires and technicians;• the organisation of continental championships or regional games.

Continental confederations establish the regulations for the organisation of cycling activities on their continent.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• List the continental confederations.
• Describe various issues concerning the continental calendar of events.

Sports Departement_14

CHAPTER 2COMMISSAIRES© Graham Watson

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

2.1. THE IMPORTANCE OF COMMISSAIRES
When a person decides to become a Commissaire it is as aresult of his or her passion for the sport, in a similar way toothers actively involved in cycling. It is a way of making an active contribution to the promotion of events. International appointments take a Commissaire around the world and there
are often opportunities to meet new people and discoverother cultures, with cycling as the common reference point.
Commissaires need a wide range of qualities and skills ifthey are to successfully carry out all their functions during
an event. Called upon to officiate in an impartial mannerin difficult situations, a Commissaire, as a representative of
the UCI, must demonstrate technical competence and asense of responsibility and diplomacy while communicating unambiguously to the numerous parties involved.
The UCI Regulations partially explain Commissaires’ rights andobligations. However, this chapter, going beyond the regulations, will attempt to list a Commissaire’s responsibilities before, during and after an event to which he or she is appointed.

AN EXPERT REFEREE
Most Commissaires carry out their duties in parallel to pursuing careers in other professions. The work of a Commissaire
is not a professional activity. Despite this, everyone involved in cycling expects Commissaires to behave in a highly professional manner.
Commissaires are thus no longer volunteers; they are experts, specifically appointed to events.
Commissaires referee events, support event organisers, contribute to improving the quality of events and are stakeholders in the development of the cycling regulations.
The time they dedicate to their work as a Commissaire depends on several factors:• availability,• the discipline or category of event in which they officiate,• various other factors.

A Commissaire’s role is often challenging because he or she has to work with a wide range of people (organisers, riders,team managers, journalists, service providers). All of these individuals have different, sometimes diverging, interests.

THE PREREQUISITES: TECHNICAL COMPETENCE
The most important technical competence is a comprehensive knowledge of the UCI Regulations.
A Commissaire must be aware of what the Regulations, aswell as the good practice guides, impose and recommend fororganisers (cf. Timekeeper’s Guide and TV Production Guide,
DH Marshall Guide). This allows checks to be conducted andfeedback to be given through the evaluation report.
The UCI Regulations allow the Commissaire to react to the
behaviour of the competitors and their team staff in orderto guarantee that an event is conducted properly in ethicaland sporting terms.
Other technical knowledge, dealt with in the following
chapters, is gained by observing a wide range of events, engaging in checks and taking advantage of teamwork among
Commissaires.
Sports Departement_16

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

THE PREREQUISITES: A SENSE OF RESPONSIBILITY
A sense of responsibility is a prerequisite even before an individual becomes involved in officiating: whether a Commissaire acts or does not act can change the sporting result of an event, affect the participants’ perceptions and change theequilibrium between the various stakeholders.
The Commissaire must, among other things:• check that the organiser has put in place all measures required to ensure the safety of everyone involved,• intervene, if necessary, in order to maximise the safety of all parties involved in the race,• guarantee the smooth running of the event in sporting terms,• ensure fair play,• cooperate with other Commissaires in an optimum manner.

THE PREREQUISITES: DIPLOMACY AND COMMUNICATION
Commissaires are often called upon to act as mediators
between the various parties in cycling and, using their personal skills, must make decisions firmly and tactfully.
Even though these decisions are often final, a Commissaire
still has a duty of communication to the parties involved inorder to explain and support a decision to the individuals
concerned who sometimes lack knowledge of the regulations or are unaware of the latest amendments.
Encouraging the acceptance of a decision or sanction is not
the objective, but it is essential to make sure that at least theminimum information has been communicated.

THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANELThe Commissaires’ panel for a MTB event is made up of all
the Commissaires appointed by the UCI and the National
Federation of the country in which the event is taking place.
ART. 1.2.116 UCI RULES in force 30.01.2017.

Sports Departement_17

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

The Commissaires’ panel comprises the following members:

PRESIDENT OF
THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL• Responsible for the sporting management of the event.
• Contact person during the event for organisers, team managers, riders andthe media for all issues concerning the sporting results, regularity and respect of the UCI Regulations.
• Facilitator and coordinator of the other members of the Commissaires’ team.
• Responsible for sending results via UCI Data Ride.

• Carry out checks on all issues that may influence the sporting result, before,
COMMISSAIRES

during and after the event.

• Assist the president of the Commissaires’ panel in the sporting management of the event on the ground and in reaching decisions on sanctions.

FINISH JUDGE• Responsible for drawing up finish line results.
• Responsible for checking all results before their communication.

• Responsible for all administrative processes (rider registration, preparation
SECRETARYof start lists) and sending the results to Infostrada Sports.

• Supports the finish judge and the timing service provider to ensure that the
final results are correct and made available to the media.

TIMEKEEPERS• These officials calculate the time schedules and record any race neutralisations.
• At the finish line, in collaboration with the timing service provider, timekeepers allocate times, check additions and calculate general classifications,taking into account bonuses and penalties.

DIAGRAM. Members of the Commissaires’ panel

TEAM SPIRIT AND MANAGEMENT
The president of the Commissaires’ panel (PCP), appointed
by the UCI, cannot carry out his or her mission alone. The
PCP relies on the work of the other members of the panel
and must take decisions in a collegial manner.
Given these circumstances, the PCP acts as a manager. In
this respect he or she must:• check that the resources available to the members of theCommissaires’ panel are appropriate to their missions,• check, if necessary, that the work conducted by theCommissaires is of good quality,• ensure that there is good co-operation within the panel.
In the event of any problems, the PCP ensures that these three principles are applied.
The PCP makes use of professional management techniques (Chapter 9). He is the team leader and must demonstrate astrong sense of team spirit. The panel must have a sense of solidarity, even if internal discussions are not only possible
but necessary in the event of a divergence of opinions among members.

Sports Departement_18

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRESTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

REPRESENTING THE UCI
The main Commissaires of an event are appointed by the UCI and are the official representatives of the UCI during the race.
A Commissaire must interpret and apply the regulations firmly and with common sense.
Commissaires represent the connection between the UCI and the sport on the ground.
1 - appoints

UCI

COMMISSAIRES

2 - control

THOSE INVOLVEDIN THE RACE

• ORGANISER• TEAMS• RIDERS,etc.

3 - report to

DIAGRAM. The pivotal role of Commissaires between the UCI and those involved in the race
The above arrangement must apply in all circumstances, even if there are political conflicts between the stakeholders ofcycling or different geographical entities.
A UCI Commissaire must remain impartial to allow the UCI Regulations to be properly applied. A Commissaire must not
advocate one party or another and must not deviate from the application of the UCI Regulations and standards.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the importance of the role of a Commissaire to a third party.
• Explain what those involved in cycling expect from a UCI Commissaire.
• Describe the managerial role of the president of the Commissaires’ panel.
• Explain what is expected of a Commissaire as a representative of the UCI.

Sports Departement_19

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRESTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

2.2. THE TRAINING OF COMMISSAIRES
The UCI wishes to improve the quality of officiating at
events all around the world. To this end the UCI emphasises the education and support of a group of Commissaires for whom training is optimised and specialised.

Training sessions for UCI Commissaires are held regularly and observe the following principles:

EQUALITY
OF OPPORTUNITYCONSISTENCYUNIVERSALITYTRAINING OF UCI
COMMISSAIRESQUALITYDIAGRAMS. The principles of training Commissaires

CONSISTENCY• The training of Elite National Commissaires and International

UNIVERSALITY• The UCI has established training for Elite National Commissaires, with the

EQUALITY
OF OPPORTUNITYQUALITY

Commissaires is standardised under the control of the UCI.

contents corresponding to international standards.

• Standardised examinations all around the world.

• Continuous checks of Commissaires’ skill levels by means of regular
evaluations.

Sports Departement_20

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

UCI INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
The training of UCI International Commissaires is of such importance that it is specified in the UCI Regulations (ARTICLES
1.1.053 TO 1.1.061 BIS).
These articles concern:• conditions of access,• the training programme,• oral and written theory examination,• practical examination,• eligibility,• continuing training and seminars.

ELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Training courses for this new status were introduced on 1 January 2012, with the following specifications:• Elite National Commissaire qualification is established for Road, Mountain Bike and BMX disciplines.
• The qualification of Elite National Commissaire is only awarded by the UCI.
• The relevant courses are run by UCI instructors.
• Elite National Commissaires are appointed by their National Federation to officiate in their own country.
• An Elite National Commissaire can be a member of the Commissaires’ panel in national and international
events in his or her country. An Elite National Commissaire may also carry out the role of president of the Commissaires’ panel at national events.

• E lite National Commissaires represent the elite within their country without necessarily aspiring to become
International Commissaires.

• National elite Commissaires’ training forms part of the prerequisites for access to International Commissairecourses.

• If an Elite National Commissaire so desires, and after having officiated for at least two years in this position, theNational Federation may propose him or her as a candidate for an International Commissaire course. This proposal may also come from the UCI if it considers that a Commissaire’s skills are particularly suited to becoming
an International Commissaire.

NATIONAL
AND REGIONAL LEVELINTERNATIONALLEVELTRAINING
BY THE UCI• Elite National Commissaires(Road, MTB and BMX)
• International Commissaires

TRAINING BY
NATIONAL FEDERATIONS• Regional Commissaires• National Commissaires

DIAGRAM. The training of Commissaires at regional, national and international levels

Sports Departement_21

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRESTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

2.3. THE SPECIALISATION OF COMMISSAIRES
The specialisation of Commissaires entered into effect in 2014. Involving the separation of the functions of International
Commissaires (IC) from those of Doping Control Officers (DCO), this specialisation is the key component of the reformof the role of Commissaires approved by the Management Committee in January 2012.
At national level, federations can organise the management of Commissaires and Doping Control Officers in the manner that best suits them. No separation or specialisation is required. Furthermore, with regards to Elite National Commissaire status, National Commissaires can obtain this qualification in the disciplines of their choice. At national level, the UCI
encourages a diversity of knowledge and wide range of skills among Commissaires.
Conversely, at international level, the UCI needs genuine specialists in order to support the development of cycling.
Commissaires are becoming ever more professional and need an increasingly specialised framework as well as dedicatedmonitoring and supervision.

INTERNATIONAL
COMMISSAIRES

SPECIALISATIONELITE NATIONAL
COMMISSAIRESNO SPECIALISATIONNATIONAL
COMMISSAIRESNO SPECIALISATIONDIAGRAM. Commissaires and specialisation

CHOICE OF SPECIALISATION
In order to become an International Commissaire, individuals must select one of the base disciplines shown in the"Choice" column of the diagram below. A Commissaire can then also choose an "Option". With the exception of Trials
and Indoor Cycling, International Commissaires must specialise in one of the base disciplines in all cases – Road, Mountain Bike or BMX, the only disciplines for which Elite National Commissaire courses are organised.
CHOICEOPTION 1

OPTION 2
PARA-CYCLING

ROAD ELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

2 years

ROAD

TRACK*MTB ELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

2 years

MTB

CYCLO-CROSS*BMX ELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

2 years

BMX

NATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

2 years

TRIALSNATIONAL COMMISSAIRE

2 years

INDOOR CYCLING

DIAGRAM. Specialisation choices available to International Commissaires

Sports Departement_22

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

In line with the requirements of the various disciplines, and also in order to ease the transition from the previous arrangements, certain additional provisions apply to this diagram:•B MX IC: Commissaires may add MTB if they wish, if they gain the appropriate qualification. BMX is not, however,considered as an option because the great majority of Commissaires are specialists solely in this discipline andmay continue to operate in BMX only. There is no obligation for them to train in another discipline.

• P ara-cycling IC: the Para-cycling option for a Commissaire requires excellent knowledge of the Road and Trackdisciplines. For this reason, only Commissaires who have already achieved international status in these two
disciplines may add or retain Para-cycling.

• T rials and Indoor Cycling IC: there are no national elite courses for these two disciplines. Consequently,

after two years, a National Federation may propose a national Commissaire for an International Commissairecourse.

• The choice between the IC and DCO roles and the choice of IC discipline made in 2012 is not binding. Commissaires can put themselves forward for a re-evaluation examination if they wish to change direction.

A Commissaire may operate in a maximum of two disciplines although, as an exception, the three-discipline combinationof Road/Track/Para-cycling is allowed:

ROAD + TRACK+ PARA-CYCLING

MTB + CYCLO-CROSS

ROAD + TRACK

MTB + BMX

ROAD + CYCLO-CROSSDIAGRAM. The specialisation of Commissaires and combinations of disciplines allowed

For reference, an individual could previously officiate in up to six different disciplines/areas: MTB, Road, Cyclo-cross,
Track, Para-cycling and Anti-doping.
LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain their personal motivation for becoming an elite national or International Commissaire.
• Identify the different levels through which they need to progress in order to become an UCI Commissaire.
• Describe the regulatory framework within which they are expected to function.
• Identify the different levels of qualification required to officiate at events on the various National Federation andUCI calendars.

• Define an Elite National Commissaire in terms of training, responsibilities and appointment.
• Describe the conditions of access to International Commissaire training.
• Explain the specialisations and options for International Commissaires.

Sports Departement_23

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

2.4. THE CAREER OF AN INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIREA Commissaire’s career does not stop progressing once he or she has achieved UCI International Commissaire status.
An International Commissaire in fact has a wide range of opportunities:• officiating at the Olympic Games, UCI World Championships and UCI World Cups,• becoming a Commissaires Instructor within the UCI,
• becoming a technical delegate• taking part in working groups that oversee the development of cycling.

The experience of an International Commissaire can be utilised by a National Federation with the IC participating in:• drawing up training plans for national and regional Commissaires,• disciplinary bodies.

However, some activities are not compatible with the role of Commissaire, including (ARTICLE 1.1.62 AND 1.1.063):• competing as a rider in a UCI-registered team,• carrying out a technical function (team assistant, mechanic, paramedical assistant, team manager, etc.) for a
National Federation or UCI-registered team,• holding the post of President or Vice-President of a National Federation or continental confederation,• being a member of the UCI Management Committee,• being a member of the UCI staff.
The age limit for officiating as a UCI International Commissaire is 70 (ARTICLE 1.1.064).
It is also important to recognise that Commissaires of all levels, including elite and International Commissaires, can only
progress by committing themselves to learning throughout their careers. This is achieved by reflecting upon experiences
and then improving skills. Continuous professional development is part of every Commissaire’s duty.
It is the duty of experienced Commissaires to be a “mentor” for young Commissaires, international or elite, and to help
them improve their skills.

Sports Departement_24

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

2.5. UCI TOOLS FOR COMMISSAIRES
International Commissaires must familiarise themselves with the following UCI tools:• the distribution of instructions by e-mail,• the UCI website at www.uci.ch,• the Commissaires extranet,• the UCI results and ranking service,• UCI Data Ride application

INFORMATION BY E-MAIL
The UCI Commissaires Coordinator, as well as the Coordinators of the various disciplines and activities, send information,
travel instructions and other arrangements to International Commissaires by e-mail. If appropriate, this information canalso be sent to Elite National Commissaires for training purposes and to ensure consistent application.
Generally speaking, this information should not be sent to third parties such as the media, teams and athletes. These
groups are informed by other UCI departments if necessary.
International Commissaires must inform the UCI of any change of address and in particular any amendment of theire-mail address (a form is available on the Commissaires extranet for this purpose).

UCI WEBSITE
The UCI website at www.uci.ch, is published in French and English and represents a source of information for all. In addition to keeping up to date with international news and UCI press releases, Commissaires use the website for the following
purposes:• Checking the name, date, class, category and site of an event; clicking on the link to the event’s website.
• Referring to the list of officially-registered riders and team members authorised to participate in events; contact
details.

• UCI Regulations; the latest version is always available on the UCI website.
• Checking event results and UCI rankings.This check is necessary to establish the start order for some types ofrace, and also whether a rider should be wearing a national champion’s jersey or not.

• Referring to the web pages dedicated to riders’ equipment (explanatory documents and training materials).
• Training guides, organiser’s guides and documents, financial obligations.
• Access to the extranet from the Web services page.

COMMISSAIRES’ EXTRANET
An extranet is an extension of an enterprise’s communications network that allows authorised external individuals toaccess specific information. An extranet platform has been set up for International Commissaires. The UCI provides Commissaires with a username and password upon request.
Among other things, the Commissaires’ extranet comprises:• race report forms,• entry forms,• report form for penalties,• the minutes of seminars,• sample technical documents,• contact details of Commissaires listed by specialisation,• expenses form,• details of compensation and reimbursement of travel expenses.

Sports Departement_25

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

THE UCI RESULTS AND RANKING SERVICEThe UCI employs a service provider to manage the results data of all events and rankings owned by the UCI. The results are:• calculated by event service providers (i.e. not UCI service providers),• confirmed by the Commissaires’ panel,• sent to the UCI Data Ride using the appropriate form (This is normally done within two hours of the end of therace in question).

• Race results at the end of each event - drawn up by event timing service
RESULT

providersE.g.: Result of the 2013 Hafjell XC World Cup event
Winner - Jaroslav Kulhavy (Specialized Racing) in 1h36’19”• Ranking after the final result of the event - drawn up by the UCI service
RANKINGproviderE.g.: : World Cup ranking after the 2013 Hafjell XC World Cup event
Leader - Nino Schurter (Scott-Swisspower MTB Team) with 2 075 points

DIAGRAM. Clarification of the difference between results and rankings

The results and ranking service is managed by UCI Data Ride:• Commissaires appointed to an event by the UCI must send the event or stage results with UCI Data Ride assoon as possible and by using the event results form available on the Commissaires’ Extranet.

• This allows the results of UCI events to be published immediately after the race with all associated information(subsidiary classifications, average speed, etc.).

• Commissaires can download rankings from the UCI website and export in Excel format.
• Commissaires will receive access details to UCI Data Ride.

Sports Departement_26

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRES

The majority of this information is available to the general public on the UCI website. This can easily be exported as a
spreadsheet for sorting, filtering and carrying out research.
Example: Drawing up the start order for an international XCO event using the most recently published UCI ranking.
UCI INTERNATIONAL XCO EVENTSThe start order is determined as follows: XCO events (other than World Championships and World Cup events)
1. As per the last published UCI XCO individual ranking;
2. Unclassified riders: by drawing lots.
Using an export of the database of the most recent UCI ranking, the PCP can easily sort the data and identify eachteam’s top-ranking rider for the list of starters.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the means of access, contents, and use of the UCI’s four tools:- Explain the use of e-mail for distributing instructions.
- Describe the UCI website at www.uci.ch.
- Explain the purpose of the International Commissaires extranet.
- Describe how the UCI results and rankings service works.

Sports Departement_27

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRESTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

2.6. CODE OF CONDUCTThe Code of Conduct for International Commissaires is a public document that can be consulted on the UCI website. It
states what is expected by the UCI and offers a certain amount of advice on behaviour.

PSYCHOLOGYRESPECTFOR OTHERSSELF-RESPECT

FEELINGHUMANQUALITIESANDRELATIONSHIPSKILLSSENSE OFRESPONSIBILITY

CHARISMAAUTHORITYDIAGRAM. Human qualities and relationship skills required by International Commissaires

Significant deviations from the Code of Conduct may lead the UCI to take measures against the Commissaire concerned,
up to suspension of the right to act as a Commissaire (ARTICLE 1.1.066).

OBLIGATION OF IMPARTIALITYThe UCI Regulations refer to ethics by requiring Commissaires to maintain impartiality (ARTICLE 1.1.050). This article isparticularly important because it is sometimes difficult to apply in certain circumstances: Commissaires are often deeply
involved with their federation, organisers or local clubs. They may be appointed to officiate at events where there is a
conflict of interests with these bodies.
The UCI Regulations impart a duty on a Commissaire to withdraw as soon as he or she perceives a risk of an infringement of impartiality. This withdrawal is a protective measure for the Commissaire: in the event of a conflict, even if theCommissaire acted impartially, he or she may be suspected of not having done so and decisions may be challenged.

IMAGE AND LANGUAGE
Other important points of the Code of Conduct concern dress, appearance and language used. Clearly an international
Commissaire may be excused if he or she has not mastered all the subtleties of the official jargon used in exchanges
with the stakeholders in cycling. However, to the contrary, it is not acceptable to use colloquialisms or irony or to jump
to conclusions.

Sports Departement_28

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 2 - COMMISSAIRESLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Express a philosophy of officiating and establish theirreason for being a Commissaire.

• Review their goals in relation to officiating as a Commissaire.

• State the fundamental aim of sports officiating.
• List the essential ingredients for effective sports officiating.

•
Identify the essential principles of the Code of
Conduct.

• Describe important aspects of being a Commissaire
such as competence, security, diplomacy, quality assurance, team spirit, passion, etc.

• Discuss the importance of Commissaires’ training in
relation to the standardisation of procedures, quality,
progress and duties. Give details of Commissaires’
responsibilities• Explain the responsibilities of the secretary who carries
out administrative procedures.

• Outline the roles and responsibilities of a Commissaire.
• Explain the role of the Commissaires’ panel.
• Describe the roles of the members of the Commissaires’ panel for MTB Races.

• In particular, explain the responsibilities of the president of the Commissaires’ panel, the finish judge,
the secretary and the Doping Control Officer.

• Explain the tasks and powers of the Commissaires’ panel.

Sports Departement_29

CHAPTER 3

REGULATIONS© Graham Watson

CH 3 - REGULATIONSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

3.1. UCI REGULATIONS
Cycling, like all sports, is subject to regulations. All of the rules are gathered together in a written document – the UCI
Regulations – that govern the sport of cycling and its administration. As previously mentioned, this document represents
an essential working tool for Commissaires while also being the universal reference material for all parties involved incycling (organisers, teams, riders, the media, fans, etc.).

A REGULATORY FRAMEWORK FOR THE PRACTICE OF THE SPORT
Cycling is an international sport and as such the rules must be interpreted and applied uniformly. A regulatory framework
is necessary to ensure that events run properly. When rigorously applied, this framework guarantees:

FAIRNESSQUALITY

UNIVERSALITY

CLARITY

STABILITYDIAGRAM. The advantages of a regulatory framework
The UCI defines and oversees the implementation of the regulatory framework. The regulations govern the practices ofcycling and the functioning of institutions, in both administrative and technical terms.
The regulatory framework encompasses the UCI’s technical decisions as well as sporting values. The regulations contribute to preserving the equilibrium between the members of the family of cycling.
A regulatory framework that is respected by all and guarantees a certain level of quality, stability, visibility and universality
is required to ensure that a MTB event runs smoothly. This regulatory framework must also safeguard sporting values andmaintain the balance of the financial interests of cycling’s stakeholders.

IMPROVEMENT AND ADAPTATIONIn the interests of the National Federations and all those who use the regulations, the UCI makes the significant commitment to constantly adapt the regulations to new situations, in particular to reforms of the various disciplines, and to therequirements of the World Anti-Doping Code.

Sports Departement_31

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONSFIELDS OF APPLICATIONThe UCI Regulations apply in all countries affiliated to the UCI.
The UCI Regulations serve as a basis to be used by National Federations.
The UCI Regulations apply to male and female riders aged 17 and above. The rules for riders aged 16 and under are defined by individual National Federations.
CYCLISTS < 16 YEARS OLDCYCLISTS > 17 YEARS OLD

NATIONAL FEDERATIONREGULATIONSUCI REGULATIONSDIAGRAM. Scope of application of the UCI Regulations

SUMMARY AND NOMENCLATUREThe UCI Regulations address the following subjects, organised into "Parts":• Preliminary provisions• Constitution and Standing Orders• UCI Code of Ethics• Part I: General organisation of cycling as a sport• Part II: Road Races• Part III: Track Races• Part IV: Mountain Bike Races• Part V: Cyclo-cross Races• Part VI: BMX Rule Book
• Part VII: Trials Regulations• Part VIII: Indoor cycling:• Part IX: World Championships• Part X: Continental Championships• Part XI: Olympic Games• Part XII: Discipline and Procedures• Part XIII: Medical Rules• Part XIV: Anti-doping Rules• Part XV: Cycling For All• Part XVI: Para-cycling

Riders who abandon the race are marked on the result sheet as "DNF"(did not finish) and are not awarded any points for this event.

1.2.058

The UCI Regulations are further divided into articles, numbered as shown by the example below.
This nomenclature allows a logical organisation of the rules.
The reader is assisted in identifying the subject in question
by chapter subtitles and article titles.

62th article

Part 4
Chapter 2

4.2.062(N) The race headquarters at the finish will remain open until the results are sent
to the UCI, or, if the Commissaires have not completed their work at that juncture,
until such time as that work has been completed.
(article introduced on 1.01.05)

Finally, those points of the UCI Regulations that may besubject to an amendment by legislation or the cycling regulations of a National Federation are preceded by "(N)" asshown in the example below.

Sports Departement_32

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONSCONTENTFor each theme and discipline, the regulations list the various conceivable cases, as illustrated by the table below.
TABLE. Example provisions of the UCI Regulations
Extracts from the UCI Regulations
AUTHORISATIONS

4.2.047

Technical assistance can only be given in the feed/technical assistance zones.

PROHIBITIONS

4.1.040

Inflatable arches crossing the course are prohibited.

MEASUREMENTS

4.2.004

EXHAUSTIVE LISTSNON-EXHAUSTIVE LISTS

Cross-country Marathon -XCM
The cross-country Marathon format races must respect the minimum distance of 60 km and maximum 160 km.
All XCM events will be considered as Class 3 events.
Cross-country Olympic-XCO
4.2.001	The duration and lap length of cross-country Olympic format races in the different race classifications in the table below mustlie within the following ranges or as close as possible to the race lenght (in hours and minutes).
4.2.029	Wherever possible, roots, tree stumps, protruding rocks, etc. are covered in biodegradable fluorescent paint.

Sometimes regulation interpretation difficulties may occur, for example:
TABLE. Examples of regulation interpretation
Extracts from the UCI Regulations

Clarification

Authorisation
vs. Prohibition

ARTICLE 4.1.035

It is never ‘okay’ to exit the official course;
however, if no advantage is gained, thenit is tolerated. This is intended to give theCommissaires the ability to ignore sucha minor infraction, if it doesn’t alter theoutcome of the race

Minimumvs. Maximum

ARTICLE 4.1.031

If a rider exits the course for any reason,he/she must return to the course at thesame point from which he/she exited. If
the president of the Commissaires’ panel
deems that the rider gained advantage,
the rider is disqualified (DSQ).
In mass start events, riders must be called
to the start no earlier than 20 minutes
before the scheduled start of the race.
ARTICLE 4.2.008
The start and finish must be in the same
area. The distance of the course must not
be more than 2 km with a race duration of
30 to 60 minutes.

Exhaustive list
ARTICLE 4.2.001
vs. Non-exhaustive list
The duration and lap length of crosscountry Olympic format races in the
different race classifications in the tablebelow must lie within the following ranges
or as close as possible to the race length(in hours and minutes).

It is not against the regulations to callthe riders to the start as little as 5 or
10 minutes before the race – it depends
on the number of riders present.
This is to ensure that these events are shortand fast. It is also important to respect
the race duration – on a 2 km course arace longer than the maximum duration
would mean that most of the field would
be pulled out due to lapping. Indeed, it isoften better to apply a duration closer tothe minimum for this reason.
This list is exhaustive; event durations
for these types and classes of race are
specified. So for example, you can’t havea 10 km course for a class 1 event.

In the majority of cases, difficulties of interpretation can be resolved by applying logic and considering the facts. Nevertheless, at the time of learning a regulation, during the first reading or training session, Commissaires must, above all, ask
themselves whether they have understood the sense and logic of each point of the regulations.
Understanding the spirit, objective and intention of a point of the regulations will assist in both avoiding confusion andmemorising the point in question.

Sports Departement_33

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONSAMENDMENTS OF THE UCI REGULATIONSThe UCI makes a major commitment to ensure that the regulations are adapted to comply with new situations, in particular with reference to reforms of the various disciplines and the requirements of the World Anti-Doping Code.
Amendments are made to the regulations every year by means of a process that involves:• specific UCI Commissions (disciplines, Commissaires, athletes, etc.),• the UCI’s Sport Department,• the UCI’s Legal Department.

Commissaires are able to propose amendments or corrections of the regulations (e.g. to address inconsistencies between
different articles, vague wording, etc.) in response to specific situations encountered during events.

The amendment is then presented to the UCI Management Committee which decides whether to accept or reject it.
PROPOSAL ACCEPTEDDATE OF ENTRY INTO EFFECTEXPERIENCES
IN THE FIELDUCICOMMISSIONSDISCUSSIONSAND STUDIES• UCI SPORT DEPARTMENT• UCI LEGAL DEPARTMENTANALYSIS
OF PROPOSALS• UCI MANAGEMENTCOMMITTEEPROPOSAL SUBJECTTO FURTHER STUDYPROPOSAL REJECTEDDIAGRAM. The process of amending a UCI regulation
Information to ensure the traceability of the regulations appears in two locations:• at the foot of each page of the document, opposite the page number.
For example: E1113 indicates the November 2013 version.
4

Mountain Bike

E1113

• the date of an amendment or removal of an article is given below the article in question.
4.2.005	Riders must start in a single group.
(text modified on 1.02.12; 4.04.14).

USE BY COMMISSAIRES
It is not enough for a Commissaire to simply read through all the regulations while preparing for the Commissaire examinations. The regulations should be read regularly to dispense with any preconceptions and provide context for new
features.
Furthermore, reading a specific chapter to prepare for an event is recommended (e.g. Cross-country, UCI MTB Marathon
Series, UCI Junior Series, Downhill, Four Cross, Enduro or stage race events).
Commissaires must always have the latest version of the regulations in their possession. Although a hard copy of theregulations can be easily carried around and is particularly useful when Commissaires are engaged in their duties, it isrecommended that work be conducted using an electronic version (on computer, tablet or mobile phone) as this is more
economical and respects the environment.
Whatever the medium used, previous editions of the regulations should be clearly archived to avoid working from a version that is not up to date.

Sports Departement_34

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Access the UCI Regulations.
• Know the numbering of articles.
• Apply the process of amending the UCI Regulations.
• Recognise new versions and amendments of the UCI Regulations.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Regularly read the UCI Regulations, unders-• Learn the regulations by heart without under-• Implement a personal strategy depending on• Interpret the regulations in different ways attand and memorise them.

the medium used to access the regulations(paper or electronic version, archiving techniques).

• Identify pertinent articles and know how toaccess them quickly.

• Know how to interpret the regulations in specific situations.

standing the logic behind them.

different times if they do not specifically refer
to an issue.

• Treat the regulations as a "scientific", exhaustive list.

• Conclude that what is not prohibited by theregulations is automatically authorised.

And conversely• Conclude that what is not authorised by theregulations is automatically prohibited.

Sports Departement_35

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONS

3.2. NATIONAL FEDERATION REGULATIONSCOMPATIBILITY OF REGULATIONSNational federation regulations are the technical and administrative regulations that apply to national cycling issues
in the different disciplines. These regulations must always comply with the UCI Regulations.

CALENDAR
When publishing their national calendars of events, federations must include international calendar events taking placein their countries.
UCI Regulations prevail for international events (for example with regards to categories) rather than National Federation
regulations.

DRAFTING AND ADAPTATION
Federations must put in place procedures for drafting, publishing and updating their regulations. National regulations
must incorporate amendments of the UCI Regulations without delay.

PREPARATION
Commissaires are obliged to keep themselves informed (e.g. possible updates to the regulations) and to familiarise
themselves with the regulations of their National Federation.
The financial, logistical, material and human requirements of organising an event make it a very complex procedure. Thisshould be taken into account in the training of elite national and International Commissaires so that participants becomeaware of the range of problems that an organiser may encounter. Commissaires should try to collaborate with organisers
in order to find solutions that allow cycling events to run as smoothly as possible.
It is also important for Commissaires to understand the process by which races are included on the UCI and national calendars and also be aware of the various duties that organisers have under the UCI Regulations. The specific provisions of
the UCI Regulations concerning organisational standards for MTB events are found in Part IV, Mountain Bike Races, while
the provisions applicable to events in all cycling disciplines are found in Part I, General Organisation of Cycling as a Sport.
Most National Federations also have their own particular regulations and standards for MTB events. However, it is important to note that, as with the regulations governing race categories, competition formats and sporting control ofraces, the UCI Regulations regarding organisational duties and standards have priority over any national regulations forinternational races.

WHAT TO DO• Examine and familiarise yourself with National Federation regulations.
• Inform your National Federation if you think that an article from the regulation of the National Federation of yourcountry violates the current UCI Regulations.

Sports Departement_36

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONS

3.3. SPECIFIC REGULATIONSUCI REGULATIONS:• The organiser draws up any specific regulations required for the event (PART 1, CHAPTER 2).
• The specific regulations must be included in the event programme and/or technical guide (PART 1, CHAPTER 2).
• The specific regulations depend on the type of event.

3.3.1.
THE TECHNICAL GUIDEThe organiser draws up a technical guide for an event on the international or national calendar. This includes all necessary
information: type of event, location, entry procedures, race entry fees, etc. It also contains the specific regulations forthe event, details of the track and venue, zones, schedules, maps, the registration process and medical arrangements.
The time and location of the team managers’ meeting have to be added to the technical guide for Olympic Games, WorldChampionships, World Cups, continental championships and stage races.
The UCI Commissaires must check the technical guide from the first contact with the organizer. This is the key documentthat guarantees a smooth event.

3.3.2.
SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR AN EVENTThe specific regulations must stipulate that the event is subject to UCI Regulations (if the event is on the international
calendar) and National Federation regulations (though only for those races or rider categories where national regulations apply). The specific regulations also describe any ad hoc rules imposed by the organiser especially for the event.
Of course, the president of the Commissaires’ panel must review these specific regulations well in advance of the race
to ensure that they are compatible with UCI Regulations and/or National Federation regulations. The PCP is responsible
for ensuring that the organiser amends any specific regulations that conflict with the body of regulations in force for the
event.
The specific regulations of an event complement the UCI Regulations. The organiser’s margin for manoeuvre can in general influence the way in which the event unfolds.

CHECKLIST – SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR AN EVENT• Check the compliance of the specific regulations with the UCI Regulations.
• If necessary, suggest changes to the organiser, concerning the following points in particular:- participation,- order of start for prologue and time trials (XCS events),- time bonuses (XCS events)- time limits, (XCM, XCP and XCS events)- classifications,- prizes,- podium ceremonies.

Sports Departement_37

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 3 - REGULATIONSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe where to find the most recent versions of the
UCI and National Federation regulations.

• Demonstrate good knowledge of Parts I, IV and XII of
the UCI Regulations.

• Demonstrate good knowledge of the relevant National Federation regulations.

• Describe the information that must be included in atechnical guide for a MTB event.

• Explain the importance of checking that any specificregulations comply with UCI Regulations.

• Give details of the UCI and national regulations regar-

ding the duties of race organisers and the registrationof races on the UCI and NF calendars.

• Give details of the specific organisational standards for
MTB races defined by Part IV of the UCI Regulations.

• Demonstrate expert-level knowledge of Parts I, IV, IX,
X, XI, XII and basic knowledge of parts XIII and XIV of
the UCI Regulations.

• Describe the Commissaires’ Code of Conduct.

• Demonstrate the ability to quickly identify a particularpoint of the regulations.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Comprehensively study the specific regula-• Allow an organiser insufficient time to cor-

tions of an event and check their compliance.
•Check that any disputes or problematic
situations arising from previous editions arecovered and/or mentioned in the specificregulations of the event.

Sports Departement_38

rect the specific regulations.

• Accept differences between the specific regu-

lations of an event and the UCI Regulations,or additions to the specific regulations that
do not comply with the UCI Regulations.

CHAPTER 4

MTB EVENTS© Graham Watson

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

4.1. BEFORE THE RACE - RACE PREPARATIONThe supervision of an event and management of a race demands considerable organisation from officials, before, during
and after the event.
Several stages in the preparation and management of the race can be identified:
ACCEPTING THE APPOINTMENT
AND MAKING CONTACT WITH THE EVENT ORGANISATIONTRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS AND CARRYING OUTPRIOR TECHNICAL PREPARATIONS AT HOMECARRYING OUT ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS AT THE EVENT VENUESPORTING MANAGEMENT OF THE EVENTDEBRIEFING WITH THE ORGANISATIONRACE REPORTDIAGRAM. Event preparation and management

The president of the Commissaires’ panel, the organiser, the technical delegate (if appointed) and all those involved in
the event should establish a relationship that is always as courteous and cooperative as possible. At the same time, allessential human and material resources must be made available.
For a Commissaire, this preparation begins from the moment that he or she receives the appointment for the race. Thereare certain tasks for all Commissaires before they arrive at the race venue. However, the president of the Commissaires’
panel (PCP) has additional tasks compared with the other Commissaires who are appointed.

4.1.1.
FIRST CONTACT WITH THE ORGANISER
It is important to stress the importance of the preliminary contact between the PCP and the organiser, sufficiently in advance of the event to facilitate all the necessary preparations. This initial contact could possibly take place via telephone,thereby allowing a warmer contact than would be the case by email; however, subsequent discussions can be carried out
by email correspondence.
When you take on the role of the PCP, the important topics on which to liaise with the organiser before the event include:• Verifying with the organiser that the event dates, class, disciplines and categories, as listed on the UCI or national
federation calendar, are correct.

• Asking the organiser for the event technical guide as well as any other information such as the URL of the event
website.
NOTE
It is always very important to double check any information presented on the event website against the information of the technical guide, in case there are mistakes or differences. A website is not a replacement for the technical guide; the technical guide is always considered the definitive source of information concerning the race.

Sports Departement_40

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION• Verifying that the organiser has read the UCI or National Federation financial obligations and plans to honour them, particularly with respect to the minimum amount of prize money and the waiver of entry fees formembers of UCI ELITE MTB teams (ARTICLE 4.1.011).

• Asking the organiser to send you the list of other Commissaires appointed to the event.
• Discussing your travel plans with the organiser and the need for hotel accommodation and local transportation(this applies to all appointed Commissaires).

• Giving the organiser your contact information so that you can be consulted on any subsequent questions.

4.1.1. BIS
CONTACT WITH NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESAs PCP, once you have received the list of National Commissaires appointed, you can establish first contact with them(by e-mail for example), in particular with the International Commissaire appointed by the National Federation as an
assistant. The PCP can ask this individual about the national rules that should be applied to specific races (the amateur
categories held in addition to the UCI categories to which only UCI rules apply, such as Junior, Under 23 and Elite; specific
DH rules concerning equipment) as well as confidential information about the organiser. A general discussion about the
National Commissaires’ tasks can also be held.

4.1.2.
THE TECHNICAL GUIDEThe technical guide (and, where necessary, the specific regulations for the event) provides the technical details of theevent for all participants and parties involved, i.e. the organisers, riders, team managers, Commissaires and other officials, service providers, the media, etc.
You must obtain the technical guide a minimum of 30 days before the event (ARTICLE 1.2.045). This allows you to
become acquainted with the technical aspects of the event (including the map of the course), the programme and, if
necessary, to inform the organiser of any regulatory elements requiring modification.
In particular, the technical guide must contain the following:• A statement that the race shall be run under
UCI Regulations.

• The specific regulations for the race (non-standard regulations), e.g. team relay, etc.

• The class of the event, categories of riders.
• The points scale (UCI or National Federation
ranking points) and prize list.

• A detailed race programme including training
times and schedule of meetings.

• The registration procedure, accreditation, distribution of race numbers: location and times.

• A description and detailed plan of the course in-dicating marshal locations and medical points,
length, profile and elevation of the course.

• Detailed information about the start and finish, timing hot spots (intermediate time checks,
speed trap).

EXAMPLE. XCE course.

Sports Departement_41

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION• The location of podium ceremonies, anti-doping

tests, race office, press conference room, race
meeting room, etc.

• Timekeeping information: photo-finish, use ofelectronic timing strip and/or transponders.

• The location of feed/technical assistance (F/TA)
zones for XCO, specific transport to access F/TA
zones.

• Whether or not there are separate Under 23
starts for XCO events (if applicable).

• The details of lift access/shuttle information(capacity) for DHI and 4X races and/or equipment transport to remote feed/technical assistance zones.

• Parking locations for teams, riders and spectators.

• The location of, and information on, the nearest
hospital.

• Organiser names and contact information.
•Composition of the Commissaires’ panel (ifknown at the time of publication).

• The transport arrangements for participants forarrival and departure (how best to travel to andfrom the race venue), as well as the transportation arrangements for stage races.

EXAMPLE. XCO course.

T his information is essential and must be as specific and accurate as possible. It is common for technical guides to beincomplete, inaccurate or even erroneous. Commissaires who receive the technical guide in advance must pass on theirremarks to the organiser if they find errors or aspects requiring improvement.
If appropriate, particularly for MTB stage races, the technical guide also contains a list and details of the hotels in which
the teams and officials will be accommodated, as well as details concerning the leaders’ jerseys and prizes for the various
stages and general classification. The course maps and course marshal plans are very important parts of the technicalguide.

Sports Departement_42

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATIONSPECIFIC REGULATIONSThe specific regulations must stipulate that the event falls under UCI Regulations (if the event is on the international
calendar) and National Federation regulations (though only for those races or rider categories where the national regulations apply).
The specific regulations also describe any special rules imposed by the organiser that are specifically in force for thisevent. Of course, the president of the Commissaires’ panel must review these specific regulations well in advance ofthe race to ensure that they are compatible with the UCI Regulations and/or National Federation regulations. The PCP is
responsible for ensuring that the organiser amends any specific regulations that conflict with the body of regulations inforce for the event.
In the particular case of DH events, it is important for the PCP to be informed about the national rules concerning thesafety equipment required by the host country (ARTICLE 4.3.013).

EXAMPLE. XCO course map showing marshal positions

EXAMPLE. DHI course map showing marshal positions
Sports Departement_43

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATIONCHECK LIST – TECHNICAL GUIDE
1. The event specific regulations■ event to be held in accordance with UCI Regulations.
■ solely the UCI scale of penalties to apply.
■ local anti-doping legislation to apply in addition to the UCI Anti-doping Rules.
■ the class of event and the UCI points scale.
■ the categories of participants.
■ the opening times of race headquarters.
■ the location and time of the confirmation of starters and issue of race numbers.
■ the location and time of the team managers’ meeting.
■ precise location of race headquarters and the anti-doping control post.
■ For XCS events,
		 - prizes for all classifications.
			- any time bonuses.
			- time limits.
			- the method of incorporating the times recorded during team time trials.
			- leaders’ jerseys awarded for all classifications■ podium ceremonies.
2. A description of the event courses (race stages for XCS events), including profiles, distances, feed zones
and finishing circuits, maps.
3. Time schedule of the event.
4. Intermediate timing points, if any.
5. Maps of the venue including all the various offices (registration room, race office, podium, anti-doping
station).
6. List of nearby hospitals contacted by the organiser, ready to receive individuals requiring treatment.
7. Composition of the Commissaires' panel.
8. Name, address and telephone number of the organisation director and names of officials.
9. The absence of any provisions that are contrary to UCI Regulations and sporting fairness.

Sports Departement_44

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

4.1.3.
TRAVEL PREPARATIONSCONTACT THE ORGANISER• As soon as a Commissaire accepts an appointment, he or she sends

an e-mail to the organiser to introduce him or herself and provide
full contact details. The Commissaire requests information to allow
travel arrangements to be made (dates, locations and times that therace headquarters will be open before and after the event).

CHECK THE DATE•	The Commissaire checks that the event is still going ahead and has

not changed date. If there is any uncertainty, it is highly recommended that the UCI (or National Federation for national events)
should be contacted (consult the calendar page of the UCI website).

ORGANISE TRAVEL• The Commissaire undertakes the necessary administrative arrange-ments (applying for a visa, letter of invitation, local currency, etc.) toensure that the trip goes as smoothly as possible.
• The Commissaire researches the most suitable means of transport
to get to the event (train, plane, car), taking into account the timeschedule provided by the organiser.
• It is suggested that the Commissaire contacts the UCI travel agency
in order to make his flight reservation.

DIAGRAM. Travel preparations

Once you have received the technical guide and know theschedule of the event, you should make your travel preparations. As a general rule, plan your travel to accommodate
the race schedule – that is, you should arrive punctually to beavailable from the time you are first needed, including anyscheduled meetings or other duties such as inspecting therace courses (normally the PCP is also the Technical Delegate).
Also, plan to depart only after your duties at the race have ended, including participating in any debriefing meetings.
Furthermore, it is important that you plan your trip within
the boundaries permitted by the policies of the federationthat assigned you, whether it was your National Federationor the UCI.

Sports Departement_45

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATIONELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES• Appointed by their National Federation.
• The policies of the National Federation concerning reimbursement of travel expenses and thedaily allowance apply.

• Within most federations, it is usually the responsibility of the organiser to provide local transportation, hotel accommodation and breakfast.

UCI INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES• Appointed either by their National Federation or the UCI.

- If a UCI International Commissaire is invited to a race by a National Federation other than his or
her own, then before accepting the invitation, the Commissaire must seek written permission
from both the UCI and his or her own National Federation.
• The policies of the National Federation concerning reimbursement of travel expenses and thedaily allowance apply when appointed by the National Federation, and the policies of the UCI,
as specified by the financial obligations, apply when appointed by the UCI (whether in your own
country or not). The financial obligations currently in force are found in the “Publications” sectionof the UCI website. International Commissaires should also consult and remain familiar with theannual directives published by the UCI Commissaires Coordinator, available on the Commissaires’
Extranet. This guide summarises the current UCI travel and expense reimbursement policies.
• It is the responsibility of the organiser to provide local transportation, hotel accommodation andbreakfast.

DIAGRAM. Commissaires’ assignement
Check list – Preparation at home before the event■C ontact the organiser to ascertain the exact location of pre-race operations and the time at which responsibility
is handed over to the Commissaires’ panel.
■R emind the organiser to send the specific regulations and technical guide if these are not received within theregulatory period of 30 days (ARTICLE 1.2.045).
■C heck that you have received the evaluation report from the previous year; issue a request to the UCI if not received.
■A sk the organiser for a list of registered teams and riders (as soon as possible) and check their compliance on
the UCI website.
■P lan the flight and/or means of transport to be used, and then inform the organiser.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the information that should be requested

Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the travel and expense policies of their Na-• Describe the travel and expense policies of the UCI for• Explain how to proceed when appointed to a natio-• Explain how to proceed when appointed as a member

from national race organisers if appointed as PCP by
their National Federation.
tional Federation for national races.

nal or international race as a member of the Commissaires’ panel.

• Explain the information that is mandatory for a race
technical guide.

• Describe what to do if the organiser doesn’t supply
adequate information in advance.

• Explain the information that must be shown by a good• Describe the information that should be requested
from race organisers if appointed as PCP by the UCI.
international races.

of the Commissaires’ panel to an international race.

• Explain how to proceed when appointed as the PCP toan international race.

• Describe the preparatory documents available forInternational Commissaires via the Commissaires’
Extranet.

course map in the technical guide.

Sports Departement_46

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATIONTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.1.4.
OTHER INFORMATION
In order to properly analyse the information presented in the technical guide and to prepare for or supervise the registration (also known as “Riders’ Confirmation” or “Confirmation of Starters”), Commissaires need to be aware of the various
aspects of the UCI and National Federation regulations that concern administrative topics such as licences, UCI rankings,
prize money and financial obligations.

4.1.4.1. Confirmation of starters and licences
The administrative procedure of issuing a licence allows the identification of riders and all other parties involved in acycling event, whatever their role. It is important that Commissaires, at all levels, are aware of the conditions for issuinglicences as they are responsible for checking licences at the start of cycling events.
LICENCE HOLDERS
Which federation
issues the licence?

FEDERATION OF APPLICANT’S
MAIN RESIDENCE (1)Information fromthe applicant’s
National Federation(s)UCI
Nations lacking a Federation

FORM• information• entries• insurance• respect of regulations• anti-doping control, etc.
LICENCE TYPE

• competitor• coach

STAFF• general manager• team manager• doctor• team assistant, etc.
• official• organiser• Commissaire

LICENCE: FRONT• colour• in English or French• category: UCI ID• nat. category, licence no.
• surname, date of birth• first name, address• nationality, sex• team or club• issue date (2)LICENCE: BACK

• photo (3)• The bearer submits to the regu-

lations of the UCI and the National Federation and accepts any
anti-doping controls or blood
tests that may be required.
• licence holder’s signature• signature of National Federation President

RIDER CATEGORIES
According to participants’ age; 17
and over for international category. (See UCI MTB categories on
the next page).

MEN• youth (16 and under) NF (4)• juniors 17 and 18• under 23• elite 23 and over• masters 30 and over• riders with disability (5)• cycling for all

SELECTION OF A RIDER
by his or her NF for:• World Championships• World Cup• Continental championships,• etc.

WOMEN• youth (16 and under) NF (4)• juniors 17 and 18• elite 19 and over• masters 30 and over• riders with disability (5)• cycling for all

DIAGRAM. Licence check(1) The licence is issued by the federation of the country in which theapplicant has his/her principal residence. The individual may be authorised by the National Federation of the country of residence toparticipate in competitions for the club indicated on the licence andto take part in the various championships of their National Federation.
However, the UCI ID remains the same and depends on the nationalityof the rider, regardless of the country issuing the licence. For example:a French rider residing in Belgium must apply for a Belgian licenceaccording to the procedures of the Belgian Federation but their UCI ID
remains the one delivered by his/her own federation.

(2) A licence is valid from 1 January to 31 December for National Federations that are members of the UCI.
(3) If a photo is not required, identification (in the form of a national ID
card or passport) may be requested.
(4) Subject to the administrative regulations of the relevant National
Federation.
(5) This category designates riders with disabilities as specified by the International Paralympic Committee’s (IPC) functional classification systemfor cycling.

Sports Departement_47

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

4.1.4.2. UCI Mountain Bike Categories
The categories that may apply at various types of international mountain bike races are as follows below. These areslightly different from the age categories found in Part I of
the UCI Regulations and apply specifically to MTB races.
NOTE
Always check the compliance of the category information inthis document with the National Federation or UCI Regulations. From time to time, the regulations concerning categories of riders may change.

COMPETITION TYPE

MEN

WOMEN

CROSS-COUNTRYOLYMPIC (XCO)

Elite (23+), Under 23 (19-22), Junior (17-18)*

Elite (23+), Under 23 (19-22), Junior (17-18)*

CROSS-COUNTRYMARATHON (XCM)

All Riders 19+ in the same category, including
Masters

All Riders 19+ in the same category, including
Masters

CROSS-COUNTRY
ELIMINATOR (XCE)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior,
Under 23, Elite)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior,
Under 23, Elite)

CROSS-COUNTRYSHORT CIRCUIT (XCC)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior,
Under 23, Elite)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior,
Under 23, Elite)

CROSS-COUNTRY
STAGE RACES (XCS)

All Riders 19+ in the same category (Under 23,
Elite)All Riders 19+ in the same category (Under 23,
Elite)

DOWNHILL (DHI)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite),
except World Cups and World Championships*

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite),
except World Cups and World Championships.*

FOUR CROSS (4X)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite)

ENDUROAll Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite)

All Riders 17+ in the same category (Junior, Elite)* For World Cup events and World Championships, the prevailing regulations should always be checked concerning thespecific rules for the Junior and Under 23 categories.
Where it is noted in the table above that the riders are all inthe same category, this means that no separate results are
submitted to the UCI for the separate categories; only the
combined results are submitted.
For International XCO races, the organiser is not obligatedto hold junior or under 23 categories. Separate U23 XCO
Hors Class and class 1 events may be organized for men
and women, in this case separate results must be submitted
for both categories. During class 2 and class 3 XCO events
U23, men and women, will compete with the elite categories. As such no separate results must be submitted for theU23 categories at class 2 and class 3 XCO events (ARTICLE
4.1.004).
If no under 23 category is held, any riders in this category will race and earn UCI points in the elite category. If an under
23 category is held for an XCO race, then Under 23 riders may choose between the under 23 category and the elite category except at World Championships, continental championships and, at the discretion of the host National Federation,national championships.
In order to be confirmed as a starter in a race, a rider must present his or her licence to the Commissaires’ panel. The
licence is the identity document that confirms the rider’s category, age and nationality.

Sports Departement_48

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

4.1.4.3. UCI ranking
UCI rankings are drawn up for both Men and Women in each of the following categories and mountain bike disciplines
from the publication date of this guide. The prevailing regulations concerning the disciplines and categories for the UCI
mountain bike ranking can be checked in the current version of the UCI Regulations.
XCO

Elite and Under 23 combined

XCO

JuniorDHI

Elite (riders 17+)*

4X

Elite (riders 17+)*except World Cups & World Championships

The UCI mountain bike ranking is governed by ARTICLES 4.7.001 to 4.7.010 of the UCI MTB Regulations. It is drawn up overa period of one year, by adding the points gained by each rider since the preceding ranking was drawn up and subtracting any points earned more than one year ago (as of the day that the new ranking is published). The new ranking comes
into force on the day it is published and remains in force until the publication of the next ranking.
The UCI ranking is updated after the Olympic Games, World Championships, World Cup events, continental championships and on December 31. The UCI ranking is updated during the season, those dates are published on the UCI
website and into the Commissaires Extranet (Race documents - Ranking publication date)
The UCI ranking is important for international MTB races because:• As per ARTICLE 4.2.061, it is the only acceptable method used to determine the call-up order in XCO events(although the prevailing regulations should always be
double-checked for major events such as World Championships and World Cups in case of a change). That is,
the highest ranked riders are always called first, in orderof their ranking, with unranked riders afterwards, called
in random order.

NOTE
For XCM events, the last published UCI MTB Marathon Series
ranking is used first, followed by the most recently published
UCI XCO ranking.

• For DHI events and 4X events, the current UCI DHI or
4X ranking is used to determine the start order in theseeding or qualifying run, with the highest ranked riders
starting last.

The latest UCI ranking is always available on the UCI website. To download the UCI ranking into a Microsoft Excel
spreadsheet, use the “Export Rankings” button on the upper right side of the page (www.uci.ch).

Sports Departement_49

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

4.1.4.4. Prize money and financial obligations
An important administrative task of the PCP is to check thatthe prize money awarded by the race organiser meets or exceeds the minimum specified by the UCI financial obligations for the class, discipline and location of the race.

It should be noted that the financial obligations currently in force are always published on the UCI website.

• Visit www.uci.ch• At the bottom of the main page, click on the link “Publications”.
• At the bottom of the “Publications” page, there are two links under the heading “Financial Obligations”.

		- Financial obligations (in Euro)		- UCI exchange rate

• The UCI financial obligations are always listed in Euros. The UCI sets a standard exchange rate between theeuro and several other major currencies such as the US Dollar at the beginning of each year; organisers must
use the UCI exchange rate to convert prize money from Euros to their own currency. If a UCI Exchange Rate is
not defined for a particular currency, then the exchange rate between Euros and the organiser’s currency on
the day of the race is used instead.

• Click on the “Financial Obligations” link.
• Click on the “Mountain bike” link on the “Financial Obligations” page.
• To find the prize money (in Euros) for a race, open the document that is downloaded by your web browser. First
locate the “Prize Money” section, and then the table for the class and discipline of the race:		- HC Races		- Class 1 Races		- Class 2 Races		- Class 3 Races• The minimum prize money in Euros for each discipline is found in the table. The organiser must pay at least theequivalent amount of the prize money listed for each place. For example, for a Class 1 XCO Race in an “America
1” country like Canada, the 3rd place male Elite rider must receive at least 400 Euros, or the equivalent paid in
the local currency according to the UCI Exchange Rate.

• Using the same example, in an “America 2” country such as Chile, the organizer would only have to pay a minimum 50% of the indicated prizes (the equivalent of 200 Euros for 3rd place male Elite in an XCO race).

• To find out whether a country is a “1st group” country or a “2nd group” country, click on the “National Federations” link on the “Financial Obligations” page.

Sports Departement_50

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.1. BEFORE THE RACE RACE PREPARATION

The prize money table for MTB Class 1 Races in the 2013/2014
season is given here as an example.
If the organiser of the race does not pay at least the minimum prize money as required by the table in the UCI financial obligations, this fact must be reported to the UCI by the
PCP in his or her report.
It is important to note that the whole range of prizes in thetable must be paid. It would not be acceptable, for example,
for the organiser to pay at least the total minimum amount,but to divide the money between just the three highest
placed riders (using the example of a class 1 race).

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the process used to issue licences.
• Describe the types of licence.
• Describe the UCI categories for MTB races.
• Describe the national categories for MTB races, defined by their own National Federation.

• Explain how any national MTB ranking maintained bytheir National Federation is used.

• Describe the impact of nationality and country of residence on the process of issuing a licence.

• Describe how the UCI ranking is maintained.
• Explain how the UCI ranking is used.
• Describe how to obtain the latest version of the UCI
MTB ranking.

• Explain how to find the current version of the UCI financial obligations regarding minimum amounts ofprize money.

• Describe where to find the UCI ranking and other publications such as the UCI financial obligations.

• Explain the responsibilities of the PCP before the race.
• Explain how the start order is drawn up for various
types and levels of competition.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Check the list of categories and registration• Do not allow riders to register if they can-deadlines in advance.
• Advise an organiser of an HC or C1/2/3 eventthat members of MTB Elite Teams for the discipline in question are not charged entry fees.
• Arrive at the race prepared with the latest UCI
rankings and lists of teams from the UCI website.

Sports Departement_51

not provide evidence that they have a validinternational licence.
• Do not issue rider numbers until all of therace entry conditions, including the licence
check, have been satisfied.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2. DURING THE RACE I - MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSThe Commissaires’ duties at a race can be described chronologically from the time of arrival at the race venue, throughthe race itself and finishing with administrative tasks following the event. All of these tasks are important and represent
the complete list of responsibilities that Commissaires have at races at which they officiate.

4.2.1.
ARRIVAL AT THE VENUE
The first priority for the PCP when arriving at the venue is tomeet the organiser of the race. This meeting is more than acourtesy visit; it is the first opportunity that the PCP has tobecome familiar with the organisation beyond the information sent in advance by the organiser (technical guide, etc.).
This meeting also presents an excellent opportunity for the
PCP to question the organiser on any points that may havebeen unclear from the documents sent in advance. It is also
the occasion to discuss each party’s responsibilities (thoseof the Commissaires’ panel and those of the organisation).
As a Commissaire you should be:• in possession of the organiser’s contact details and thoseof the members of the Commissaires’ panel (telephone
numbers). These will be useful in the event of any unexpected circumstances regarding travel to the event (bytrain, plane, car, etc.).

• able to recognise the person meeting you upon your ar-

rival (at the airport, station, etc.). You should know thisperson’s name and telephone number and the agreed
method of identifying each other.

The members of the Commissaires’ panel should present
themselves to the PCP as soon as possible upon arrival at
the venue in order to begin their duties.
NOTE
Before arriving, the PCP should prepare a list of the Commissaires’ tasks, to be assigned during the first Commissaires’briefing. This is important – every Commissaire should know the schedule and their responsibilities. It is also important
for the Commissaires (whether International Commissaires or National Commissaires appointed as assistants by the hostfederation) to be aware of the tasks of the others; this facilitates effective teamwork by the Commissaires.

Sports Departement_52

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.1.1. Course and venue inspection

COURSE AND
VENUE

LICENCESCHECKSADMINISTRATIVE
AND TECHNICALOTHERDIAGRAM. Checks at the venue

Following the initial meeting with the organisation, the PCP
and technical delegate (if one is appointed; otherwise thisduty falls to the PCP) should inspect the race venue andcourses. The purpose of this inspection is to ensure the regulations have been respected, that there are no problems
that could present an undue risk to the riders and that thecourse is designed, marked and built in a way such that itpresents a sporting challenge without being unfair (e.g.
there are not too many single track sections without passing
opportunities).

The course inspection also involves verifying that the course
is well marked , i.e. that enough tape and signs (correctly
placed) have been used, including signs indicating the distance remaining for XC races. For XC events, this also includes verifying the location, layout and setup of the feed/technical assistance zones.

For XCE events, it is important to check that the start andfinish line are separate (but close together) and that there
is enough space at the start for the call up (a minimum of
3 heats must be ready to start at any time during the race).
There must also be enough space behind the start line tostage the riders .

Sports Departement_53

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSFor DH events, particularly important aspects include theplacement of course marking tape, any proposed “goarounds” for especially difficult sections and safety “exclusion” zones to keep spectators from the edge of the course(described as “A” and “B” zones in ARTICLE 4.3.007). Examination of the design of the finish area, including the braking
area after the finish line is very important.
NOTEPart I of the UCI Regulations (ARTICLES 1.2.060 and 1.2.061)
places responsibility for “safety” on the race organiser.
While it is true that part of the course inspection is to identify any undue hazards that may have been missed by theorganiser, providing a course that reasonably preserves thesafety of the riders is the organiser’s responsibility, not thatof the technical delegate or Commissaires. In this sense, themain purpose of the course inspection is not to be a ‘safety’
inspection, but rather to check that risk is well managed andmost of all, that the course presents a sporting challenge
while being fairly and completely defined with signs andmarking tape.

Examples of some of the things that are checked include:A) HEADQUARTERS:T he opening times (before and after the race) must be givenin the technical guide (ARTICLE 1.2.056).

The personnel and equipment at race headquarters must allow all parties to work under optimum conditions:
ORGANISATIONFACILITIESAND PERSONNEL

LIGHTING

ORGANISATIONMANAGER PRESENTAND EASILYCONTACTABLE

LARGE ENOUGH AREA
INACCESSIBLE
TO PUBLICTOILETS CLOSE BY

RESPECT OF RACEHEADQUARTERS
OPENING TIMESFUNCTIONALSIGNPOSTINGFURNITURE(TABLES, CHAIRS,ETC.)TELEPHONE LINE,COMPUTER WITH
INTERNET ACCESSDIAGRAM. Ideal race headquarters equipment and personnel

Sports Departement_54

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSThe race headquarters should accommodate:• The organisation’s administrative service.
• The facilities to copy communiqués such as start lists, results and official information from the Commissaires’
panel (make sure that a staff member is available to carry out this work).

• Various offices for the organisation management and staff.
• An office for the Commissaires’ panel with telephone and Internet access.
• A press office if necessary:		- This room is used for the accreditation of journalists.

		- It should offer work spaces with electricity sockets and Internet connections.

		- The press office may vary depending on the importance of the event and the number of journalists
attending.

• A doping control station (with the facilities discussed in the anti-doping section of this guide).

• The equipment of the race timing service provider (confirmation of the type of timing system used should be given).
• The radio communication system provided by the organiser.
• Information on the location and number of display boards for communiqués and results.
• Information on the location and layout of the race registration office.

• A room for the team managers’ meeting. The Commissaire checks that the layout of the room for the meetingof the team managers and individuals involved in the race is satisfactory (tables, chairs, microphone, etc.).

Sports Departement_55

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

B) THE LAYOUT AND PREPARATION OF THE COURSE AND IMPORTANT TECHNICAL ZONES:• The start area and race staging area.
• The finish area.
• For XC races, the feed/technical assistance zones.
• The number and position of arrows and warning signs on the course; the placement of the course marking
tape; whether any high speed sections of the course need a security zone to keep the spectators at a safe distance.

• Correction of any parts of the course where it is possible to take shortcuts or where the course may become
unrideable in bad weather.

• Check that there are no inflatable arches (without supports) over the course.
• Check safety features where needed by means of padding, fencing or catch nets.

• Ensure that any bridges are covered with a non-slip surface.

4.2.1.2. Registration / Confirmation of Starters
The organiser must carry out suitable administrative preparations and provide an appropriate space to facilitate an efficient race registration. The purpose of registration is as follows:• To verify that the riders entered in the race are not suspended and are entitled to race in the category in which
they are entered.

• To assign and issue race numbers to riders.
• To accept payment for the race from riders who are no
members of an elite team in the discipline of the race, if
not already paid by other means (e.g. an on-line registration system).

• To produce the start lists.
The race registration is supervised by the Commissaire who is appointed as secretary.

Sports Departement_56

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

A weather-resistant information board must be installed.

Check list – What to look for when checking riders’ licences■ The rider’s UCI code needs to be mentioned on the lists■ If there is no photograph on the licence, confirm it against some kind of identity card (driving licence, passport,
national identity card, etc.).
■ Verify that the rider’s name and UCI code match those provided on the entry form.
■C onfirm the team details on the entry form (normally no team or club is entered on the start list if it is not on
the licence – exception: national teams).
■C onfirm that the licence is valid for the current year (license colour and text).
■ Confirm that the licence is signed by the rider (if not, have them sign it).
■C
 onfirm that the rider is entered in the category most closely corresponding to that on his/her licence card; it is
not usually possible to enter any other category.
■ If the licence is not legible (or the rider/manager arrives without it) confirmation of all of these details is required
from the National Federation concerned. If such evidence (fax/e-mail from the federation) can’t be supplied, thenthe rider can’t start the race. It is the rider’s responsibility to contact the federation to obtain this confirmation.

Sports Departement_57

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSThe following illustrates an optimum setup for race registration.
SETUP FOR RACE REGISTRATIONThe room must be organised so that people are guided in a loop through the various stages: licence check, payment andnumbers.

LICENCE CHECKPAYMENTNUMBERSINFORMATION BOARD OR SEPARATION

ACCREDITATIONSFEED ZONEPASSES

EXAMPLE. Registration room layout

Alternatively, the room can be organised as a way throughwith separate entry and exit.
A waiting area can also be set up especially for double
events when the queue can be very long.
Specific times will be reserved for the UCI ELITE MTB Teams
only. A panel with the appropriate times must be posted at theentrance of the room. During these times, a volunteer – witha list of the concerned teams must be posted at the entrance
and allow the team managers from UCI MTB Teams only.
Notice boards must be set-up with the following information:• Licence check XCO / XCE• Licence check DHI• Payment• Numbers

Registration fees (including all taxes and/or insurance contributions) may not exceed the equivalent of:
REVIEW AT 01.2017
UCI WORLD CUP

FORMAT

CATEGORY

2017 FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONINDIVIDUAL (M/W)

XCO (*)

Elite / U23€ 80

INDIVIDUAL (M/W)

DHI (**)

Elite

€ 80

INDIVIDUAL (M/W)

DHI (**)

Juniors€ 40(*) According to UCI MTB Regulations ARTICLE 4.5.013(**) According to UCI MTB Regulations ARTICLE 4.5.019

Sports Departement_58

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

The following riders are exempted from the registration fee:• riders belonging to a UCI ELITE MTB Team• riders belonging to a UCI MTB Team ranked in the top 10 of the concerned UCI Team Ranking• riders belonging to a UCI MTB Team and ranked in the top 20 (XCO and DHI) or the top 10 (4X) of the last World
Cup individual standings.

At “licence check”, the rider receives a label (see examples below), clearly mentioning if (s)he is exempted from the registration fee. The rider then presents the label at “payment”, where it needs to be stamped as a proof that the rider passed
the payment. Finally, the rider hands in the label at numbers distribution and in return (s)he will receive the race number
and bike plate.

XCO - Men Elite

XCO - Women Elite

DHI - Men

1 KULHAVY Jaroslav

55 POLLINGER
Judith`5 HART Danny

SPECIALIZED RACING

INFOTRE - BI & ESSE - LEECOUGAN

GIANT FACTORY OFF-ROAD TEAMNO PAYNO PAYNOTE
Please note that XCO riders for whom no team is mentioned on the label, the F/TA zone pass(es) must be given at registration.
The labels will be prepared by the UCI secretary. Each label will be stuck to a coloured post-it per category at the licence check.
Upon completion of the riders’ confirmation, the UCI secretary will provide to the organiser a list with the payment details
for each confirmed rider and the total amount that should have been paid.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain why the PCP meets the organiser upon arrival.
• Describe what to do when first arriving if appointed asa member of the Commissaires’ panel.

• Explain the course and venue inspection.
• Explain course marking standards for national races in• Describe the specific regulations for registration at in-

ternational races (Elite MTB Teams, World Cup events).

• Explain the differences between the roles of the PCP
and the TD regarding course and venue inspections.

their own country as well as UCI races.

• Describe the registration process and layout of the registration area.

• Explain the organiser’s role with regards to safety.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Respect the pre-arranged meeting time with

• Do not arrive at the last minute without time

the organiser.
• Ensure that the licence check and registration
sessions are respected and carried out properly.
• Ensure proper checks of the race courses andfacilities (to the greatest extent possible for
XCM and XCS events).

Sports Departement_59

to carry out the necessary checks.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.2.
MEETINGS BEFORE THE RACE START
Several different meetings and discussions must be held, such as:• meeting with the organiser,• meeting on riders confirmation process• the team managers’ meeting (when relevant),• the Commissaires’ meeting,• course marshals’ briefing,• meeting with the timing service provider, etc.

The purpose of these meetings is to provide the PCP and Commissaires with all the information needed to oversee therace. An exception is the team managers’ meeting (if held), which is used to inform the team managers about any decisions made by the Commissaires’ panel on the race procedures, as well as any information that is supplementary to thetechnical guide.

4.2.2.1. Meeting with the organiser
The following individuals should attend:• The PCP
• The organiser• The registration coordinator• The marshal coordinator• The course manager

It is very important for the PCP to meet and brief the organiser as soon as possible after arriving at the race site. This meetingis an important step towards cementing a productive working relationship.
As the PCP, you must arrive at the event headquarters sufficiently in advance to be able to meet the organiser in an atmosphere favourable to dialogue (this would not be the case if you arrived at the last minute and issued several demands).
The objective is to check all the key issues that will determine the race supervision of the event, namely:• Organising the riders’ confirmation (sometimes called registration, where licences are checked and body andhandlebar numbers issued). The president of the Commissaires’ panel, in consultation with the panel, ultimately decides whether a rider is authorised to participate or not.
NOTEFor MTB races, the task of managing the riders’ confirmation is delegated to the secretary Commissaire, although the PCP is the final authority in any disputes concerning the eligibility of a rider to participate. Of
particular importance during the riders’ confirmation is the licence check to ensure that the UCI code, age andrace category selected are correct. If there is any doubt concerning the nationality of a rider, his or her passportshould be consulted.

• The riders’ confirmation should be carried out as soon as possible, because the list of starters can only bedrawn up once the riders’ confirmation is complete. The list of starters must be distributed as early as possible
to the team managers, officials, press, etc.

• The preparation of the room for the team managers’ meeting (if held).

Sports Departement_60

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS• The planned technical resources for race supervision, in particular:		- The meeting with the marshal coordinator to review the marshalling of the course and discuss the
topics to be covered during the course marshals’ briefing.

		- Ensuring that a sufficient number of radios with a channel reserved for the use of Commissaires areavailable.

		- Medical assistance, including the required number of first aid attendants, the doctor and the meansof evacuating injured riders from the course. Directions to the closest hospital must be provided (thisinformation must also be included in the technical guide).

		- The lead bike for XCO races (and following motorcycle for XCM/XCP).

		- The rider roll call procedures for the start, the race start times and the number of laps (if relevant).

• Confirming that the prize money is at least the minimum required by the UCI Financial Obligations.
• The availability of timing personnel (timing service provider), timing and photo-finish equipment, including
the distribution of transponders (if used).

• The course and its specific details, the strategic points of the course, difficult uphill sections, dangerous downhill sections, the feed/technical assistance zones, the 80% zone, finish procedures and protocols.

• Enlisting the organiser’s cooperation to ensure that all key organisation personnel attend the team managers’
meeting.

CHECK LIST – CHECKS TO BE CONDUCTED UPON MEETING THE ORGANISER■ Preparation of the room for the meeting of the team managers and individuals involved in the race.
■ Check of the technical resources to be provided to facilitate sporting control:■ The timing system.
■ For XCO/XCC events, the lapboard and bell.
■ For XC events, the starter’s pistol and ammunition.
■ Red and yellow flags and whistles for course marshals.
■ Check of medical facilities: Medical positions around the venue and course, number of medics and the doctor’s
name.
■ For XC Events:■ For XCO, XCM and XCP events, the lead bike and rider.
■ For XCM and XCP events, the sweep bike and rider.
■F or DH Events■ Any intermediate timing points.
■ Check of the race courses.
■C heck of the anti-doping facilities in coordination with the Doping Control Officer (DCO).
■C larification of the input and coordination of the organisation manager and the PCP at the team managers’
meeting.
A list of those individuals required to attend the meeting.

Sports Departement_61

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSCOOPERATION WITH THE ORGANISER
When striving to build an optimum relationship with the organiser, there are many psychological considerations to take
into account. Most important is to maintain a cooperative spirit, such that the planned human and material resources forthe supervision of the race can be checked. It is also important to treat the organiser with respect and show appreciation
for the work carried out, even if some aspects of the race preparations are deficient. It is only against this background thatyou can gain the organiser’s cooperation to correct such deficiencies.
It is important to resolve all problems relating to the event as far in advance as possible: this approach reduces anxiety for
all concerned, Commissaires and organisers alike.
After having studied the resources provided for the event, there may be a discrepancy between what is required and whatis available. At this point, it is necessary to work with the organiser to find and adapt the best possible solutions to ensure
the smooth running of the race.
NOTE
The attitude of the president of the Commissaires’ panel is crucial when faced with a difficult situation. Even when being
given a frosty reception and/or facing shortcomings in terms of organisation, tact must be shown: you must always remain courteous in your approach, maintain cordial relations and be as cooperative as possible, while requiring that theessential resources are made available.
It must never be forgotten that the task of securing all thenecessary resources (financial, administrative, technical andhuman) and assembling an efficient management team toorganise an event takes up a huge amount of energy andtime (and even entails self-sacrifice).
It is evident that effective organisation will greatly facilitate
the supervision of a race. However, a poor relationship withthe organiser will always be detrimental to the efficiency
and success of the event – much more than missing a few
material or human resources.

As PCP, it is also important to involve the National Commissaires (or the International Commissaires appointed by
the National Federation) as they probably know the organiser better than you and can speak to him or her in theirown language. Don’t forget that sometimes your biggest
problem may be making yourself clearly understood in
the language of the host country. It is best not to assume
that you have been properly understood, especially in a situation where one or both of you are communicating in alanguage that is not your native tongue.

Sports Departement_62

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.2.2. Team managers’ meeting
The following individuals should attend:• The organiser• The PCP
• As many of the other Commissaires as possible,
if their duties allow• The technical delegate, if appointed• The Doping Control Officer, if present• A representative of the organization• The team managers
All individuals with a function at the event must attend this meeting to ensure that instructions are respected. Note that
not all races have a team managers’ meeting although it is recommended that such a meeting is held.

THE ORGANISER• Opens the session and discusses all practical and material procedures.
• Answers questions on organisational matters.

THE PRESIDENT OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL
The PCP conducts the team roll call at the beginning of the meeting, if necessary.
Following the contribution of the organiser the PCP:

• Introduces the Commissaires’ panel and the technical delegate (if appointed).
• Describes any aspects of the race at variance with or in addition to the technical guide,		- Details of any necessary modifications of the event schedule.

• Highlights any specific regulations for the event, as mentioned in the technical guide.
• Presents additional information, depending upon the race discipline, as follows:
XC EVENTS- The start times for each category.
- The number of laps for each category (XCO events).
- Whether or not the 80% rule will be in effect (XCO
events) and where the 80% zone will be located.
- The number of starters on each grid line.
- The time at which the staging boxes open.
- Specific details of the race, such as the course distance, whether or not there will be a start loop (andhow many start loops), the location of feed/technicalassistance zones and any related transport provided
by the organisation.
- At the end of the meeting (for most classes of international and national race), the feed/technical zone
accreditation is distributed to the team managers.

Sports Departement_63

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSDH EVENTS- The race method used (whether the World Cup methodwith a qualifying round or other such as a seeding run).
- The start order of the categories.
- Reminds riders that they must be on time for their race.
- The approximate amount of time required to reach thestart area from the bottom of the course and the ridertransport arrangements. Also specifies when the uplift
will be closed before the end of each practice session.
- The arrangements concerning the hot seat.
- Reminds the riders (or team managers) about specificnational rules (if any) on additional safety equipment
required in the host country.

4-CROSS EVENTS- The rider transport arrangements from the finish to thestart during the race.
- The time and location where handlebar and body numbers will be distributed for the final round following
the qualifying round.
- Reminds the riders (or team managers) about specificnational rules (if any) on additional safety equipment
required in the host country.

XCE EVENTS- The start time of the qualifying run and the time interval between riders.
- The start order.
- The start method for the heats (whether with bike holders or one foot down).
- The place and time where numbers will be changed
following the qualifying run.
- A reminder for riders who advance to the next roundof competition to return immediately to the start area.

• Confirms the arrangements for transponder distribution and return.
• Sets out the requirement for the top 3 riders to appear on the podium properly dressed in race clothing.
• The PCP answers any questions regarding race supervision.
• The PCP indicates that an anti-doping control could take place (and hands over to the Doping Control Officer[if present] at the end of his/her contribution).

The importance of the team managers’ meeting should be stressed, in this way reinforcing the PCP’s leadership. Make
sure that you are well prepared and that the information presented at the team managers’ meeting is relevant and thatmost of the time is spent discussing information not found in the technical guide, such as the number of laps for XCO
races. It is important to ask team managers to keep questions until the end of the meeting.
NOTE
The team manager’s meeting is less a forum for discussion and more a means of delivering important information about
the race and any decisions made by the Commissaires’ panel. Team managers with a particular problem concerning atechnical aspect of the race should be asked to wait until after the meeting to discuss the matter in person with the PCP
and/or the technical delegate.

Sports Departement_64

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.2.3. Other meetings : Commissaires’ panel meeting, course marshal briefing
MEETING OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL
The following individuals should attend:• The PCP
• All other Commissaires• The TD, if appointed, should be invited(but presence is not mandatory)

The president of the Commissaires’ panel convenes the panel and allocates tasks to the Commissaires depending on theofficial appointments. It is very important to ensure that a meeting of the Commissaires’ panel is held as soon as all the
Commissaires arrive at the venue and before the race starts. The success of the Commissaires’ panel in managing therace depends upon its ability to work as a team.
As some of the Commissaires appointed to the race may not have worked together before, the meeting of the Commissaires’ panel additionally serves as the means for the PCP to make his or her expectations known, and for the membersof the panel to ask any questions.
This meeting and, if time permits, other social activities such as the panel taking dinner together, are also important because they allow the Commissaires to get to know one another a little better. This serves to increase the degree of trust
between colleagues which is the foundation of the Panel’s ability to function well as a team.

COURSE MARSHAL BRIEFING
The following individuals should attend:• The PCP
• The marshal coordinator• The marshals• The medical coordinator

The ability of the Commissaires to manage the sporting aspects of the race and optimise the riders’ safety depends inpart upon how well the course marshals have been instructed.
The purpose of the meeting with the marshal coordinator is as follows:• To determine whether enough marshals have been assigned to the course, or if more are needed.
• To ensure that the marshal positions are marked on a map of the course and venue and that signs identifying
the number of each marshal station are posted along the course.

• To ensure that the marshals are split into zones for particularly long courses, with a subordinate coordinatorresponsible for each zone.

• To review the instructions that the marshals will be given and to ensure that they have the necessary equipment to do their jobs (e.g. radios, red and yellow flags [DHI races], whistles, notepad and pens). In DHI events
it is particularly important that all the marshals know the procedure to follow in the case of an accident. They
must provide information so that a decision can be made whether to stop the race or not (what to do in caseof accidents).

• To verify the process by which marshals can be contacted in order to ask them for information on race incidents
or by which they can report incidents (communication procedure in case of accidents).

Sports Departement_65

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

It is sometimes more efficient for the PCP to instruct the marshal coordinator(s), who then brief the course marshals.
However, if possible, the PCP should attend the marshal briefing to make sure that the instructions are given correctly
and that any questions are properly answered.
Some examples from the “Marshal Guidelines” document available for Commissaires on the Commissaires’ Extranet are
given below.

• Race director: responsible for managing all aspects of the race.
• Marshal coordinator: responsible for all event marshals.
• Course director: responsible for courses and course workers.

ORGANISING COMMITTEEUCI President of Commissaire
Panel + UCI Technical Delegate

RACE DIRECTORMARSHAL COORDINATOR

COURSE DIRECTORMARSHALSCOURSE WORKERSDIAGRAM. Scheme of responsibilities

Communication chain from UCI

Communication chain from Marshal

ProblemTD or PCP

MarshalMARSHAL
COORDINATOR
Marshal coordinator

MARSHALS

TD or PCPDIAGRAM. Communication chains

Sports Departement_66

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

EXAMPLE. Marshal positions on a DH course

STAGE 1

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSEXAMPLE. Marshal positions on a XCO course

ACCIDENT

STAGE 2RIDER
SERIOUSLY INJURED AND CAUSING BLOCKAGE

RIDER
CAUSING BLOCKAGE

RIDER
OK

STAGE 3

RED FLAG
DH / 4X ONLYYELLOW FLAG
DH / 4X TRAINING
ONLY

CLEAR COURSESTAGE 4

CONTACT MEDICAL AND
MARSHAL COORDINATORASSESS SITUATIONAND CLEARCOURSE

STAGE 5

STOP ALL RIDESSTAGE 6

MAKE AREA SAFEAND CLEARCOURSEDIAGRAM. Incident process for Marshals
Sports Departement_67

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSMEETING WITH THE FIRST AID COORDINATOR
The following individuals should attend:• The PCP
• The first aid coordinator• The marshal coordinator
The purpose of the meeting with the first aid coordinator is toensure that adequate first aid and medical coverage is available
for the race.
This includes:• Making sure that all first aid posts are identified on thevenue course map and signposted. It is also importantto verify that the positions are appropriate and meet UCI
and/or national regulations concerning first aid.

• Confirming that at least the minimum number of firstaid personnel required by the regulations are available.

• Checking that the directions to the hospitals most likely
to receive injured riders are available to team managers.

• Discussing the capabilities of the first aid team to stabilise and evacuate injured riders from the race course.

• Discussing the communication flow between the PCP,
the course marshals and the medical teams, including
who is responsible for making various decisions, such as
deciding whether or not the race needs to be stopped(particularly in the case of DHI races).

Sports Departement_68

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the different meetings that must be held
upon arrival, if appointed as the PCP.

• Explain the attitude that is needed when dealing withthe organiser.

• Explain any pre-race procedures required by the National Federation.

• Explain the role of the marshal coordinator.
• Explain the role of the first aid coordinator• Describe what to do if an aspect of the race can’t bebrought into compliance with the regulations.

• Explain the purpose of the team managers’ meeting
held at international races, as well as the list of topics
that are generally discussed.

• Explain the marshal guidelines and procedures fromthe documents available on the Commissaires’ Extranet, including the recommended instructions given to
marshals.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Arrive well prepared for all meetings.
•	
If the meeting time or place must be• Do not allow a debate at the team managers’

changed, be sure to inform all participants
as soon as possible.
•	Agree on any subsequent steps or the date
and time of the next meeting (if needed).

Sports Departement_69

meeting; the main purpose of the meeting isto provide information. Contentious points
should be discussed in person after the meeting is over.
• Do not make the team managers’ meeting
last longer than absolutely necessary; be sure
to stick to relevant information not alreadyavailable in the technical guide or informationthat may be confusing or that has changed.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.3.
COMMISSAIRES’ PANELThe Commissaires’ panel is the group of officials responsible
for supervising and controlling the sporting aspects of therace.

GENERAL DEFINITIONBEARINGWITNESS

INTERVENING
AND ACTINGREPORTING AND
PROVIDING EVIDENCE

COMMISSAIRES’PANEL (CP)(appointments
by UCI + NF)

APPLYING
OR REQUESTINGA PENALTYDIAGRAM. Commissaires’ competencesT he Commissaires’ panel (CP) comprises all the officials who are responsible for the event site appointed by the UCI andNational Federation for international races, or all officials who are responsible for the event site appointed by the National
Federation for national races.
The Commissaire’s panel may feature a number of assistant Commissaires appointed by the host National Federation or
one of its constituent regional federations.
All the members of the panel are, by definition, Commissaires. Regardless of level, they are therefore all responsible forarbitration and are empowered to: intervene and act, bear witness, report and provide evidence, apply or request
a penalty, etc.
In the Commissaires’ panel, in the event of a dispute, decisions will be reached by a majority decision.
The Commissaires’ panel always comprises a president (PCP), who is responsible for the overall supervision of the otherCommissaires and allocation of tasks, and a number of members of the panel, who may be given specific responsibilities.
The number of Commissaires appointed as members of the panel depends upon the type and level of race (XC, DH,
4X, XCE, stage race, national race, class 3, 2, 1, continental championship, World Cups, World Championships or major
games) in accordance with ARTICLE 1.2.116 of the UCI Regulations.

Sports Departement_70

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

TASKS AND POWERS OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL

REFUSE OR ALLOWA RIDER TO START

GIVE WARNINGSNOTE BREACHESANDIMPOSE PENALTIESRECTIFY
ORGANISATIONAL
IRREGULARITIESREMOVE A RIDER
OR TEAM MANAGER
FROM THE RACENO APPEAL
IN DISCIPLINARY
MATTERSCOMMISSAIRES’PANEL (CP)TASKS
& POWERSDECISIONSRECORDED IN
A SIGNED REPORTDIAGRAM. Tasks and powers of the Commissaires’ panel

The Commissaires’ panel will rectify any irregularity it notices with regard to the organisation of the event.
The Commissaires note breaches and impose penalties in their areas of authority. Each individual Commissaire notes
breaches and records these in a signed report. The Commissaires’ reports can be used as conclusive evidence of the facts
noted, in the absence of evidence to the contrary. The penalties imposed are declared by the Commissaires’ panel by amajority vote.
In addition, each Commissaire is individually empowered to take the following measures:• To refuse a rider to start if they do not comply with regulations or are obviously not in any state to participate
in the event.

• To give warnings.
• To immediately remove from the race a rider or team manager who has committed a serious infringement,
who is obviously no longer in any state to continue competing in the race or who could pose a danger to any
other person.

The Commissaires’ panel or, if need be, each individual Commissaire, takes all decisions necessary to ensure that theevent runs smoothly. These decisions will be taken in accordance with the applicable regulatory provisions and, wherever
possible, after consulting the event organisation.
In disciplinary matters, no appeal is admitted against factual observations, assessments of race situations and the application of competition regulations by the Commissaires’ panel or, where appropriate, an individual Commissaire, oragainst any other decision taken by them.
The decisions are recorded in a signed report.

TERMINOLOGY
In the past, the Commissaires’ panel has been known by a number of different names (which may vary from country tocountry), such as the “Jury” or “Race Jury” or “College of Commissaires”. These terms, while meaning the same thing,should no longer be used. The term used to refer to the group of Commissaires appointed to supervise a race should always
be the “Commissaires’ panel”.

Sports Departement_71

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.3.1. President of the Commissaires’ panel (PCP)

UCI REGULATION – 1.2.118
The president of the Commissaires’ panel or a Commissaire appointed by him shall act as competition director.

The president of the Commissaires’ panel has multiple tasks to carry out and has great responsibility insofar as he or she
is the sole representative of sporting authority at the event and deals with all the different stakeholders: the organiser,team managers, riders, the media, etc.

ORGANISERS

MEDIA

UCI

PCP
NATIONAL
FEDERATIONSRIDERSTEAMMANAGERSDIAGRAM. PCP

The PCP has to play the role of facilitator within the Panel andcoordinator with the organiser, which requires an awarenessof the race situation and all relevant technical aspects of theevent, as well as knowledge of regulations that may apply.
In addition, the PCP is responsible for the race supervision at
the event.
The main role of the PCP is by definition that of a manager,
responsible for directing the sporting aspects of the event byoverseeing the work of the Commissaires’ panel and any assistant Commissaires.
Regardless of any particular position a national Commissaire
may be afforded as a member of the panel by his or her federation, the PCP is always the final authority concerning thetasks that will be performed by all members of the Commissaires’ panel or assistant Commissaires.
The PCP is also the reference person for the organiser in all
matters concerning the regulations.

Sports Departement_72

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.3.2. Appointed Commissaires

F / TA ZONE

80% ZONEDHI STARTMEMBERSOF THE CP

DIAGRAM. Typical tasks for members of the CP

Commissaires are often appointed as “Members of the Commissaires’ panel” but not assigned a specific role by thecycling federation that appointed them; they are usually assigned specific tasks by the president of the Commissaires’
panel before the start of the race. Such tasks typically include working at the 80% zone, supervising one or more of thefeed/technical assistance zones, or helping to supervise the start in downhill events.
For each day of competition, the PCP should plan the work of the Commissaires’ panel to ensure that all important tasks
are accomplished. In the example below, pairs of letters refer to each Commissaire’s initials, e.g. “PB”. A task grid such as
this should always be given to each Commissaire so that everyone knows the responsibilities of other officials.

Sports Departement_73

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.3.3. The finish judge (FJ)

ANNOUNCES
THE PODIUMPLACESASSISTSIN CALLINGTHE FINISH ORDERCHECKS
THE NUMBER
OF LAPSCHECKSTHE FINALRESULTSFINISH JUDGECHECKS ANDSIGNS THE ORIGINAL
COPY OFTHE RESULTSDIAGRAM. Tasks of the finish judge

The role of the finish judge is sufficiently important that it
is highlighted here. The finish judge plays a very important
specific role, one that is delicate and sometimes thankless.
The finish judge’s role is conditioned by the resources available to establish the intermediate results/standings (inMTB stage races) and the final results.
At the finish, the finish judge must:• check the number of laps of the race, and be sure thatthe lap board on the finish line (and on the lead bike)always shows the correct number of laps remaining;• arrange assistance in calling the finish order, depending on the resources available, as officials must act as if
there were no photo-finish or transponder system (deliver a manual finish order);• be able to rapidly announce the podium places; often the
podium ceremony takes place within 10 minutes of the winner finishing the race. This also assists the work of the media, as the results have to be broadcast without delay. Thistask becomes more important in stage races, as the newleaders of the general classification must also be calculated
quickly (a task that requires some advance preparation);• verify the final results by cross-checking with the 80%
Commissaire (for XCO races) and the timing service provider. A quick check with the Commissaires (or marshals)
at the F/TA zones is also useful, as this is a common spot
for riders to abandon the race (DNF);• check the original copy of the results for a final time be-fore confirming and copying them for distribution (raceheadquarters, media, team managers).

NOTE
It is worth stipulating that the finish judge is the only official responsible for all the results. The finish judge should neverrely on the providers of timekeeping/photo-finish services and should always personally check and sign the documents
before distribution.

Sports Departement_74

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.3.4. The UCI secretary

COMMUNIQUÉS

START
LIST

STAGINGBOXES

LIST OF
CURRENT NAT.
CHAMPIONSLICENCE
CHECK

FINAL
RESULTSNUMBER
PLATESINFRINGEMENT
FORM

UCI
SECRETARYREGISTRATIONROOMUCI DATA RIDEDIAGRAM. Tasks of the UCI secretary

Also very important is the role of the secretary. Just as thefinish judge is the only official responsible for the preparation and verification of the results, the secretary is the
only official responsible for managing the administrative
processes that support the race, such as the registrationand licence check (riders’ confirmation) and the preparation of the start lists according to the applicable UCI
rankings (international races) or national rankings (national races).
In preparing and managing the race administration, the secretary must:• Work with the race organisation to prepare the registration room for the race and ensure that the riders’numbers are correctly organised and allocated (the numbers are only handed over to riders once they havesuccessfully completed the registration process).

• Ensure that the licences of all riders have been checked to confirm the rider’s identity, category and nationality
and that the entry fees have been paid before issuing a rider’s numbers.

• Publish and distribute the Commissaires’ panel communiqués.
• Download the most up-to-date UCI (or national) rankings in advance, to be used when drawing up the start lists.
• Prepare the signs for the staging boxes for XC races.
• Download the lists of current national champions in advance to ensure that they are indicated on the start lists,
as well as UCI codes.

• Download the list of UCI MTB and UCI ELITE MTB teams. UCI ELITE MTB teams receive free registration forraces on the international calendar in the discipline in which the team is registered – endurance (XC races
except stage races) or gravity. This applies to Class HC, Class 1/2/3 and World Cup events.

• Prepare and/or verify that the start lists are correctly organised according to the most up-to-date ranking, thatthe number plates are correct and that no riders registered for the race have been missed.

• Work with the timing service provider and finish judge to ensure that the final results are correct and madeavailable to the media, team managers and sent to the UCI (international races) or NF (national races).

• Prepare the “Infringements (penalties) Form” to be attached to the report drawn up by the PCP.
• Email the results to Infostrada Sports using the “Results Return Form” (downloaded from the Commissaires
extranet on the UCI website).

Sports Departement_75

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.3.5. Assistant Commissaires

START/FINISH
LINES

F / TA ZONE

80% ZONERED FLAGASSISTANTCOMMISSAIRESNUMBERS IN
XCE EVENTSDIAGRAM. Assistant Commissaires’ tasks

Assistant Commissaires help the members of the Commissaires’ panel with the execution of their duties. Often this includes race staging or helping at the 80% zone, F/TA zones
or start or finish lines. They may also be positioned along
the race course to help with the red flag procedure during
downhill events, or to help supervise the race at key points
along the course.
In XCE events, they also check that the riders reaching themain event are displaying the correct number following thequalifying round results.
NOTE
If the assistant PCP is appointed by the host federation, he/she can be the “trait d’union” or “coordinator” between the
PCP, the organiser and other National Commissaires, in thisway resolving linguistic issues.

Sports Departement_76

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.3.6. The technical delegate (TD)

2. walk the coursewith PCP andcheck corrections

3. be present
at team managers’
meeting

1. walk the course(report,corrections)
TECHNICAL
DELEGATEDIAGRAM. Technical delegate’s tasks

The tasks of the technical delegate (TD) are well defined in the regulations (ARTICLES 4.1.012 – 4.1.016). In brief, the TD is
responsible for the technical aspects of the race (the sporting aspect being the responsibility of the Commissaires) andfor liaison with the UCI (or NF).
In particular, it is the TD’s duty to walk the course with the person responsible from the organising committee and to
produce a report on all required corrections.
The TD walks the course again with the PCP and the person
responsible for the course from the organising committee
before the first official training period in order to make surethat all proposed corrections described by the report havebeen completed.
It is the sole responsibility of the TD to “deliver” a race
course to the Commissaires that reasonably manages risk
for the athletes and spectators, while also ensuring that thecourse falls within the boundaries set by the regulations andoffers the best possible sporting conditions. The TD approves the final version of the race course.
The TD attends the team managers’ meeting.
The TD and PCP should work as a team even though in somecircumstances either the TD or the PCP has the final word.
The role of the TD in many races is actually assumed by the
PCP. The UCI usually appoints a technical delegate only
for World Championships, World Cups, continental championships and the Olympic Games. National federations
may also appoint a technical delegate for certain nationalraces such as national championships.
It is clear that if the PCP also assumes the role of TD, he/she
has to manage both roles.

Sports Departement_77

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the different roles of members of the Commissaires’ panel and assistant Commissaires typically appointed by their NF for national races.

• Describe the different roles of members of the Commissaires’ panel and assistant Commissaires typically appointed for international races.

• Explain the responsibilities and powers of the Commissaires’ panel.
• Explain the role of the technical delegate for international races.
• List the types of races where the PCP does not also serve as the TD.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO•Prepare for the event by communicating• Interfere with the organisation.
• Transfer some of the Commissaires’ tasks towith the organiser and members of theCommissaires’ panel.
• Prepare the content and guidelines of the
pre-race meetings with the organiser.
•
Present an objective case regarding any
requests and when evaluating the event.
•
Take advantage of all opportunities toenhance credibility.

Sports Departement_78

the organisation or its service providers.

• Blur the lines between the functions of themembers of the Commissaires’ panel or seek
to exercise the functions of other members.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.4.
SPORT DIRECTION DURING THE RACE
The sport direction of Mountain Bike races begins well before the start of the race. Certain regulatory aspects of the event,such as the process of registration and the production of the start lists must be conducted in advance. It is important thatthese tasks are completed correctly and on time, as they are instrumental in determining the start order, which can havea major impact on the outcome of the race. It is the responsibility of the Commissaires’ panel to supervise these sporting
control tasks.

RIDERS’
IDENTIFICATIONREGISTRATION:- licence check-d istribution of race
numbers

START LISTSPORT DIRECTION
BEFORE THE START

OFFICIAL TRAINING

DIAGRAM. Sport direction before the start

4.2.4.1. Registration
As mentioned earlier in section 4.2.1.2, the purpose of “Registration” or “Confirmation of Starters” is to verify that eachrider on the list of entries:• is correctly identified (name, team, UCI code and country);• is entered in the correct category;• is going to start (note that sometimes the confirmation ofstarters happens later than the registration period, e.g. in
the Team Relay);• has a valid licence for the current season and is not suspended;• has paid the entry fee (if required to do so – riders who
are members of UCI ELITE MTB teams are not required
to pay entry fees for the discipline in which the teamspecialises at most international races);• is issued the correct race number and is recorded on thestart list according to his or her UCI ranking.

The registration is carried out under the responsibility of the UCI secretary. However, for consistency, it should be referred
to as “Confirmation of Starters”.
It is important to organise the various tables and work areas
according to the space available in the registration room.

Sports Departement_79

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSGenerally, there are two main desks:
1. THE LICENCE CHECK: VERIFICATION OF UCI CODE, AGE, NATIONALITY, CATEGORY, ETC.

SURNAME,
FIRST NAMEUCI CODE,REGISTRATIONOF UCI TEAM
if relevant

AGE

CORRECTPHOTODIAGRAM. Licence check

Under no circumstances can a rider without a licence be entered in the race.
A licence holder may hold the licence of only one National Federation (ARTICLE 1.1.009).
The licence presented has to be valid and signed by the holder.
If a rider has forgotten his or her licence, the Secretary will suggest that the rider contacts his/her National Federation torequest them to send a fax confirming that the rider is indeed a current licence holder.
In cross-country marathon events, the UCI MTB Marathon Series or Enduro events, master riders may ride with a temporary or day licence issued by the competent National Federation. The licence sets out clearly the start and end dates of theperiod for which it is valid. The National Federation ensures that a holder of a temporary or day licence benefits for theduration of that licence from the same insurance coverage and other advantages as those granted with an annual licence(ARTICLE 4.1.010). It is also important to be aware that some federations do not issue temporary or one-day licences. For
these reasons, it is important for the PCP to obtain licence information in advance in order to avoid any potential controversies (or misconceptions) at registration. Apart from these temporary or one-day licences, only annual licences issued
by a National Federation that is a member of the UCI will be accepted.
At registration, it is important to validate the riders’ ages
( juniors or masters); if necessary riders should confirm theirage by means of an official document such as a passport. For
events contested by national teams, such as the World Championships, the riders’ passports should be presented alongwith licences.
It is also important to check the consistency of information
between licences and start lists (spelling of name, correct UCI
code, etc.) because start lists (and results) will be used for the
UCI or national rankings.

Sports Departement_80

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSSAMPLE
Front

Back

INTERNATIONAL CYCLING UNIONINTERNATIONAL CYCLING UNIONNAME OF THE NATIONAL FEDERATIONUCI Category

Code

NAME OF THE NATIONAL FEDERATION
UCI: YEAR

The holder agrees to abide by the regulationsof the UCI and National Federations.

NumberNational category 		
Surname		First name		

Nationality

		

Photo

Date of birth
Address

Gender: M / F

TeamThe holder accepts anti-doping and blood
tests provided by the rules and the sole competence of the CAS.

Signature of the President

Club

Signature of the holder

Issued on

If a licence has been issued by a National Federation but does not bear a photo of the holder, Commissaires must ascertain the exact identity of the rider by checking an official identity document (passport, national identity card, etc.).
In respect of riders who have not reached majority age (Men and Women junior categories), the age of the participant
should be checked by means of an official document (passport or other).

LANGUAGE
The licence shall be written in French or English. Other language versions of its text may also appear (ARTICLE 1.1.025).

IDENTIFICATIONARTICLE 1.1.028 specifies that the licence colour should change each year in the following order:
2018

Blue

2019

Red

2020

Green

2021

White

The objective is to allow rapid visual checks based on colour in order to make fraud more difficult.

2. DISTRIBUTION OF RACE NUMBERS
The final step in the registration process is to issue the race
numbers. No rider can be given their numbers until theirlicence has been verified, they have paid the entry fee (if required) and they have satisfied any other conditions to enter
the race as specified by the technical guide.
At some events, such as the World Championships, it is also
necessary for the Commissaires to validate that the advertising on the national team uniform ( jersey and shorts)
complies with the UCI Regulations. This is done during theregistration period; it is normally one of the first steps in theconfirmation process.
It is important that the Secretary explains the procedure to
the organisation staff responsible for overseeing the riders’confirmation (described in section 4.2.1.2 of this guide).

Sports Departement_81

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.4.2. Riders’ Identification (Numbers)
Once a rider’s licence has been verified by the Commissaires, the registration process is completed by issuing the rider’s
race numbers. For Mountain Bike races, a handlebar number plate and a matching body number worn on the rider’s backare issued. Riders are forbidden from modifying, cutting or otherwise changing their numbers. Handlebar numbers aremandatory whenever a rider is on the course, during training or competition. During competition, the back number isalso mandatory.

4.2.4.3. Before the start
4.2.4.3.1. Start lists
Following the registration period, the UCI secretary works with the timing service provider to produce the start lists forthe competition.
A start list, in the order of start, is drawn up for each category in the competition. For most international races (ARTICLES
4.2.061 and 4.5.015), the start order is determined using the last published UCI ranking for the discipline. For nationalraces that are not also international races, a national ranking may be used.
The information in the start lists includes:• The race name and date.
• The start time.
• The category.
• The race distance (including the number of laps for XCO
races).

• The race number, name, UCI code, team and country ofeach rider, in order from the first rider to start (or to becalled to the start line for XC races) to the last.

• For DHI events, the individual start time of each rider.
		- For DHI events, the seeding run or qualifying run is done in reverse order of the ranking, so that thehighest ranked rider starts last. The start lists for the final are then drawn up in reverse order of theresults from the seeding or qualifying run.

• For XCE events, the start list for the qualifying round starts from number 33 (or 37),		- The start list is based on the most recent UCI individual ranking, drawn up in the order described in
ARTICLE 4.2.011.

		- For the main event, race numbers are allocated on the basis of the qualifying round results, startingfrom number 1 (allocated to the winner of the qualifying round).

Sports Departement_82

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

An example of DHI and XCO start lists is given below.

DOWNHILL 1

CROSS-COUNTRY OLYMPIC 1

Pietermaritzburg (RSA) - 12 APR 2014

Pietermaritzburg (RSA) - 13 APR 2014

Final

Start List

Women

Men Elite

Start List

WCS: World Cup final Standings 2013
UCI: UCI Ranking as of April 1st, 2014

UCI: UCI Ranking as of April 1st, 2014
Start

Time

N°

UCI Code

Name
N

Team

WCS UCI

13:15:00

25 ______________ USA19820318

2

13:16:00

22 ______________ AUS19960118

MOLLOY Tegan °53

3

13:17:00

21 ______________ ECU19840319

MARGGRAFF Diana

40

4

13:18:00

24 ______________ GER19850819

MARTH Steffi79

5

13:19:00

23 ______________ AUS19950327

BEECROFT Danielle

GREEN TO GOLD RACE DEVELOPMENT

6

13:20:00

15 ______________ CAN19901027

7

13:21:00 P

PAASO Jaclyn

8

BROWN Casey

BERGAMONT HAYES WORLD TEAM

15

18

NCh

SIEGENTHALER Emilie

GSTAAD-SCOTT

7

7

13:23:00

13 ______________ CAN19880821

NCh

GATTO Micayla

PIVOT FACTORY DH TEAM

13

12

9

13:25:00

11 ______________ GBR19820827

GRIFFITHS Fionn

11

14

10

13:27:00 P

4 ______________ FRA19900208

NICOLE Myriam

COMMENCAL / RIDING ADDICTION

4

4

11

13:29:00 P

9 ______________ GBR19950615

SEAGRAVE Tahnee

FMD RACING

9

10

12

13:31:00 P

5 ______________ FRA19900609

CHARRE Morgane

EVIL VENGEANCE TOUR

5

5

13

13:33:00 P

10 ______________ AUS19880613

NCh

HANNAH Tracey

HUTCHINSON UR

10

11

14

13:35:00 P

8 ______________ USA19811024

NCh

KINTNER Jill

89

RAGOT Emmeline

LAPIERRE GRAVITY REPUBLIC

2

2

WCh

ATHERTON Rachel

GT FACTORY RACING

1

1

CARPENTER Manon

MADISON SARACEN FACTORY TEAM

3

3

15

13:37:00 P

2 ______________ FRA19860527

13:39:00 P

1 ______________ GBR19871206

17

13:41:00 P

3 ______________ GBR19930311

Entries / NOCs: 17/8

UCI Secretary

President of Commissaires´ Panel

NUNINGER THIERRY (FRA)

NIJLAND BENNO (NED)

Legend:N
National Outfit°= Junior

NCh

National Champion

P

Protected

WCh

SO

N°

Name

Team

1

1

SUI19860513

WCh

SCHURTER Nino

SCOTT-ODLO MTB RACING TEAM

1

2

2

FRA19800816

NCh

ABSALON Julien

BMC MOUNTAINBIKE RACING TEAM

2

61

7 ______________ SUI19860919

16

SO (Start Order): as per UCI Ranking (Art. 4.5.015)

Start Time > 15:30

1

World Champion

UCI

3

3

AUS19850809

NCh

MCCONNELL Daniel

TREK FACTORY RACING

3

4

4

CZE19901207

NCh

CINK Ondrej

MULTIVAN MERIDA BIKING TEAM

4

5

5

ITA19841012

FONTANA Marco Aurelio

CANNONDALE FACTORY RACING

5

6

6

FRA19861205

MAROTTE Maxime

BH-SUNTOUR-KMC

6

7

7

SUI19870718

GIGER Fabian

GIANT PRO XC TEAM

8

8

ESP19780824

HERMIDA RAMOS José Antonio

MULTIVAN MERIDA BIKING TEAM

9

9

SUI19840131

FLÜCKIGER Lukas

BMC MOUNTAINBIKE RACING TEAM

9

10

11

JPN19850820

YAMAMOTO Kohei

SPECIALIZED RACING XC

11

11

12

CZE19860711

SKARNITZL Jan

SRAM RUBENA TREK

12

12

13

SUI19820218

VOGEL Florian

SCOTT-ODLO MTB RACING TEAM

13

13

14

GER19820330

14

15

BRA19890330

NCh
NCh

7
8

FUMIC Manuel

CANNONDALE FACTORY RACING

14

NCh

AVANCINI Henrique

CALOI TEAM

15FLÜCKIGER Mathias

STÖCKLI PRO TEAM

16

NCh

GEHBAUER Alexander

I.IDRO DRAIN BIANCHI17

FRA19860305

TEMPIER Stéphane

BH-SUNTOUR-KMC

18

19

SUI19890514

LITSCHER Thomas

MULTIVAN MERIDA BIKING TEAM

19

19

20

ITA19910719

KERSCHBAUMER Gerhard

I.IDRO DRAIN BIANCHI

20

20

21

NED19840116

21

23

GER19820624

22

24

23

15

16

SUI19880927

16

17

AUT19900424

17

18

18

VAN HOUTS Rudi

MULTIVAN MERIDA BIKING TEAM21

MILATZ Moritz

BMC MOUNTAINBIKE RACING TEAM23

SWE19850504

LINDGREN Emil

GIANT PRO XC TEAM

25

25

ESP19840925

MANTECON GUTIERREZ Sergio

TREK FACTORY RACING

28

24

27

BEL19850731

VAN HOOVELS Kevin

VERSLUYS TEAM

30

25

28

GER19910716

SCHULTE-LUENZUM Markus

FOCUS XC TEAM

26

29

AUT19800308

MARKT KarlÖTZTAL SCOTT RACING TEAM

27

30

SUI19880328

FANGER Martin

BMC MOUNTAINBIKE RACING TEAM

28

31

SVK19860812

29

33

SUI19800510

NAEF Ralph

BMC MOUNTAINBIKE RACING TEAM

39

30

34

AUT19861124

HOCHENWARTER Uwe

FOCUS XC TEAM

41

RYSENKO Sergji

CYCLING CLUB ROMA MTB TEAMGUJAN Martin

ORANGE MONKEY PRO TEAMHAIMY Shlomi

FOCUS XC TEAM

NCh

N

NCh

33
34
36
37

31

35

UKR19800315

36

SUI19820416

33

37

ISR19890619

34

38

RSA19871224

BEUKES Matthys

52

35

39

SUI19860820

ROHRBACH Nicola

54

36

40

FRA19910531

DRECHOU Hugo

CALVISSON VTTSTIEBJAHN Simon

TEAM BULLS

37

41

GER19900329

38

42

CAN19870716

39

43

SWE19880202

40

44

SUI19850517

41

45

RUS19850203

42

46

GER19750517

43

47

ITA19910529

44

48

RSA19910524

N

LAMI Michal

32

WWW.UCI.CH
Report Created FR 11 APR 2014 15:29

UCI Code

NCh

NCh

N

47
49
50

57
58

GAGNE Raphael

60

WENGELIN Matthias

61

WILDHABER Marcel

SCOTT-ODLO MTB RACING TEAM

SINTSOV AntonTITICI LGL INTERNATIONAL TEAMKURSCHAT Wolfram

TOPEAK ERGON RACING TEAM

BRAIDOT Daniele
CROESER Rourke

66
69
71
72

KARGO PRO MTB TEAM

82

WWW.UCI.CH
Page 1 / 1

Report Created SA 12 APR 2014 11:17

EXAMPLE. DHI start list

Page 1 / 2

EXAMPLE. XCO start list

4.2.4.3.2. Official training
As per UCI MTB Regulation ARTICLE 4.1.022, the course
must only be ridden by riders during the events and official training periods. During such official training periods,
marshal and medical coverage must be present. All otherpersons must be kept clear of the course.

This said, mountain bike races are often held at ski areas,
which maintain a network of mountain bike trails that areopen each day. The race course is often part of such trail
networks; as such, it can be difficult to completely close
it outside of the official training periods. If riders are encountered by the Commissaires, during a course inspection
for example, they should be warned that the course is notopen and that they must leave it at the earliest opportunityand not practice again until the official training period. Permitting riders to continue training on the course without
marshals and medical staff present could be a point of liability as well as being unfair to the other riders who observe
the official training schedule. Also, if riders are present during the course inspection walk, this places the safety of theCommissaires, organisational staff and technical delegate
at risk.
Sports Departement_83

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

Should riders not heed this warning, a significant fine for disobeying Commissaire instructions and the official schedule
is appropriate. Should it happen again, then disqualification is appropriate. In extreme cases, the PCP has the right toimmediately disqualify riders who are practicing outside the official training schedule. A good example would be downhill
riders who are found to be still training on the course well after it has been closed.
For Downhill races, specific regulations also require that all riders must complete a minimum of two training runs, andthat all training runs must start from the start area. The penalty for ignoring either of these regulations is disqualification(ARTICLES 4.3.022 and 4.3.023).
Also, it should be obvious that if, during a race, a rider in a different category than that racing is found training on thecourse, then the offending rider should be disqualified.
Finally, official training is considered part of the event as awhole; as such, the clothing and equipment regulations still
apply. Commissaires who notice riders whose clothing does
not comply during practice (e.g. rider not wearing a national
champion jersey) should speak to the riders in order to warn
them that they must comply with the regulations. This will
give the riders involved time to correct the problem before
the race begins. Once the staging or start procedure for therace has begun, the penalties for such infractions should beapplied. However, during official training, warnings are generally given. Of course, any rider whose clothing or equipment is deemed by the Commissaires to be unsafe should
not be permitted to start the training session until the problem has been corrected.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the purpose of registration.
• Describe how to check licences.
• Describe the information contained on race start lists.
• Explain the quantity and format of the numbers issued
to riders in MTB races and when they must be used.

• Explain when riders are allowed to train on the course
and when they are not.

•
Describe the circumstances under which late entries can be accepted for World Cup events (ARTICLE
4.5.001 and onwards).

• Explain the registration process and the process forconfirming starters for World Cup events and the World Championships (UCI Regulations, Part IX, WorldChampionships).

Sports Departement_84

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.5.
ALLOCATION OF TASKS
Each member of the Commissaires’ panel has specific tasks to accomplish during the race.

The breakdown of the different Commissaire positions and tasks at MTB events is summarised as follows:
PRESIDENT
OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL

Responsible for the sporting aspects of the race and directs the work of theCommissaires’ panel.

THE UCI SECRETARY anages the registration including the licence check and distribution of raceM
numbers, creates or verifies the start lists, works with the finish judge to verify
and publish the results.

THE ASSISTANT PCP (APCP)

Assists the PCP with duties and acts for the PCP when he/she is not available.
Often serves as the 80% zone Commissaire for XCO races and oversees thestart area during DHI and XCE races.

THE START COMMISSAIRE(XC, DHI, 4X, XCE)

Executes the start procedure and has a role in the call-up for XC races,
overseeing the placement of the riders on the starting grid. Note that for XCO
races the start Commissaire may also be the finish judge, or may also supervise a feed/technical assistance zone. In XCE races the start Commissaire is on
the start line with the timing service provider (if present) to prevent and signal
a false start.

THE FINISH JUDGE(XC, DHI, 4X, XCE)

Keeps manual results and passing orders (XC races) and verifies the results
produced by the timing service provider. For XC races, assists with checking theriders in the staging boxes, reporting Did Not Start (DNS) riders to the timing
service provider, working with the 80% Commissaire and secretary to double
check and report the riders pulled at the 80% zone and also those reported as
Did Not Finish (DNF) to the timing service provider.

ASSISTANT COMMISSAIRES

Help the members of the Commissaires’ panel with the execution of their duties. Often this includes race staging, helping at the 80% zone and at the startor finish lines, and control at F/TA zone.
DIAGRAM. Allocation of tasks

The diagram above summarises the tasks generally attributed to each member of the Commissaires’ panel; however,these tasks can vary according to the type of race and also the number and experience of the Commissaires that are assigned. As such, while these are the standard tasks that are assigned, the PCP may decide to change this suggested task
distribution if needed.

Sports Departement_85

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.1. Technical delegate

XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACE

XCE
RACE

Inspect and approve (or have corrected) the key technical zones(start, finish, staging boxes, feed/technical assistance zones), andother race facilities (offices, schedule, timing, etc.).

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Inspect and approve (or have corrected) the race course, taking
into account the preparations made by the organisation and thefeedback of the PCP.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Be present at the team managers’ meeting.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Be the main point of contact for team managers regarding
concerns about the course or other technical areas.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Be present during the call-up and start of the race.

Yes

-

-

Yes

Be available at the finish line during the race and change the lap
number on the lead bike.

Yes

-

-

-

Be present at the finish line to manage the photographers.

Yes

-

-

Yes

Be present at the finish line to manage the hot seat.

-

Yes

-

-

Be present in the TV trailer with the PCP (or on the course) towatch the competition and the general conduct of the riders.

-

-

Yes

-

Ensure that the riders required at the podium make their way
there as soon as possible following the finish of the race.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

TASK

Sports Departement_86

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.2. President of the Commissaires’ Panel (PCP)XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACE

XCE
RACE

Together with the TD (or as the TD, if none is assigned), inspect
the key technical zones (start, finish, staging boxes, feed/technical assistance zones) and race course.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Have a meeting with the organiser to learn about the preparations for the race.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Have a meeting with the marshal coordinator and medical coordinator to ensure that the course, medical and emergency medical response aspects of the event are adequately prepared.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Have a meeting with the Commissaires’ panel and assistant Commissaires to discuss the technical aspects of the race
and assign the various tasks that must be performed by theCommissaires.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Serve as the chairperson of the team managers’ meeting.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Serve as the representative and sole voice of the Commissaires’
panel before the team managers, riders, media and organisation.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Be present and assist with the call-up and start of the race.

Yes

-

-

Yes

Be present at the finish line when the winning riders arrive tojudge the final sprint and the conduct of the riders in the finish
area.

Yes

-

-

-

Be present at the finish line to watch the conduct of the riders in
the finish area and on the hot seat. Decide if a course blockage
is necessary and deal with any subsequent requests for restarts.

-

Yes

-

-

Manage the work of the other Commissaires during the race bymoving between their positions and providing help if needed.

Yes

-

-

-

Be present in the TV trailer (or on the course) to watch the competition and the general conduct of the riders and pronounce
any necessary penalties (red, blue or yellow cards).

-

-

Yes

Yes

Witness the podium ceremony to ensure that the required riders
appear, properly dressed in jersey and shorts as per the regulations and technical guide.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

With the assistance of the Commissaires’ panel, pronounce any
penalties that must be applied.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

TASK

Sports Departement_87

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.3. Assistant PCP

XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACE

XCE
RACE

Represent/serve as the PCP in his or her absence.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Attend the team managers’ meeting.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Assist with staging and call-up.

Yes

-

-

Yes

Manage the 80% zone and confirm the riders pulled at the 80%zone to the finish judge following the race.

Yes

-

-

-

Be present at the start in order to monitor the conduct, race clothing and equipment of the riders.

-

Yes

-

Yes

If the 80% rule is not in effect, monitor one of the feed/technicalassistance zones following the race start.

Yes

-

-

-

Represent the PCP at the finish line to confirm any penalties, or
supervise a key section of the race course during the event.

-

-

Yes

-

XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACE

XCE
RACE

Work with the organisation to prepare and supervise registration,
including checking licences and issuing race numbers.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Prepare the start lists according to the UCI and/or NF regulations,or verify that the lists prepared by the timing service provider are
correct.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

TASK

4.2.5.4. Secretary

TASK

Be present at the team managers’ meeting.

If Possible If Possible If Possible If Possible

Remain in overall control of the race administration, including
document revision control and serving as the coordinator of thework of the timing service provider and finish judge to ensurethat the results are correctly prepared and distributed.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Write, publish and distribute the communiqués of theCommissaires’ panel.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Sports Departement_88

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.6. Start Commissaire

XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACEXCE
RACE

Be present at the team managers’ meeting.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Assist with the staging and call-up, and execute the race start
procedure (as per the UCI Regulations).

Yes

-

-

Yes

Following the start, supervise one of the feed/technical assistance zones.

Yes

-

-

-

Monitor the start area during practice and record the number ofpractice runs started by each rider. Before beginning the practiceor the race, ensure that the marshals and first aid attendants arein position.

-

Yes

-

-

Implement the start procedure during the race, ensuring that any
gaps in the start list are respected. Before beginning the race,
ensure that the marshals and first aid attendants are in position
using the radio. Also, coordinate the dispatch of “forerunners” totest the timing system and “open” the course.

-

Yes

-

-

Perform backup timing during the race.

-

Yes

-

-

Ensure that the riders choose their gate positions in the correct
order, confirm those gate positions over the radio and monitor
the start procedure for white line violations (4X only) or otherirregularities.

-

-

Yes

Yes

TASK

Sports Departement_89

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.7. Finish JudgeXC RACEDH RACE

4X RACEXCE
RACE

Be present at the team managers’ meeting.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Assist with the staging and call-up; after the start, confirm withthe other Commissaires the numbers of any riders who Did Not
Start (DNS).

Yes

-

-

Yes

Keep a race passing order and judge the finish; verify that theresults provided by the timing service provider are correct, including verification of any riders pulled at the 80% zone.

Yes

-

-

-

In stage races, verify that the general classification is correct, as
well as the stage results.

Yes

-

-

-

Perform backup timing and keep a finish order. Do periodic time
calculations to verify that the times provided by the timing service provider are correct. Verify the final results.

-

Yes

-

-

Judge the finish order during the race, particularly confirming the
1st and 2nd placed riders (who advance to the next round of thecompetition) over the radio. Be prepared also to offer an opinion
concerning any irregular sprint.

-

-

Yes

Yes

TASK

Sports Departement_90

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.2.5.8. Assistant Commissaires

XC RACEDH RACE

4X RACEXCE
RACE

Be present at the team managers’ meeting, if required by the
PCP.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Assist with the staging and call-up.

Yes

-

-

Yes

Following the start, supervise one of the feed/technical assistance zones or assist one of the members of the Commissaires’
panel with this task.

Yes

-

-

-

Assist the DH start judge during the practice/race.

-

Yes

-

-

Execute the red flag procedure at positions on the course inlocations where there is a high possibility of a crash that might
require a course hold.

-

Yes

-

-

Assist the finish judge.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Assist the 80% Commissaire.

Yes

-

-

-

Supervise a portion of the course during the race to check forinterference or failure to stay within the boundaries of the course.

-

-

Yes

Yes

Keep a passing order during the race to use when verifying that
all riders completed the full course.

Yes

-

-

-

TASK

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the specific tasks of various members of theCommissaires’ panel.

• Given a race schedule, and a particular number ofCommissaires, explain the daily task assignments for
the Commissaires appointed to supervise the race.

• Explain the number and level of Commissaires thatmust be appointed for various levels of international
MTB races (as per Part I of the UCI Regulations – ARTICLE 1.2.116).

Sports Departement_91

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.2. DURING THE RACE I MEETINGS AND ALLOCATION OF TASKS

4.2.6.
OTHER FUNCTIONS AND SERVICES

4.2.6.1. Doping control officer (DCO)
Formerly known as Anti-Doping Inspectors, these officials
are appointed by the CADF or the NF and carry out their
mission in accordance with UCI or national anti-doping regulations and the local laws of the host country.
DCOs work in collaboration with the doctor appointed to
conduct the anti-doping tests and with the PCP, keeping
them informed of proceedings.

4.2.6.2. Timekeepers

Depending on the country, timekeepers may be National Commissaires or are sometimes part of a unit specialised in
multi-sport timekeeping. Timekeepers may also be employed by a professional timing company hired specifically for the
race. The role of the timekeepers is to produce the start lists and race results, with the assistance of the secretary and thefinish judge.
NOTE
It is important that the finish judge thoroughly checks all the results drawn up by the organisers’ timing service provider(whether National Commissaires or not) as mistakes can be made entering or calculating results. The timing system used
does not always take the UCI Regulations into account, particularly those concerning UCI Codes, DNF, DNS riders or riders
pulled out at the 80% zone.
LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the role of the timekeepers.
• Describe the role of the Doping Control Officer.

• Explain the in-competition anti-doping testing process described in the UCI Regulations (Part XIV: “Anti-doping Rules”).

• Explain the working relationship between the PCP and
the Doping Control Officer at events.

Sports Departement_92

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3. DURING THE RACE II - SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.1.
SPORTING CONTROL TASKS – ALL FORMATS
Mountain Bike racing is a diverse sport, with two principle disciplines: endurance and gravity. Within each of these disciplines, there are several different kinds of race.
The sporting control tasks and methods used depend upon the type of race. The most important aspects of these issues
are described in this section.

CONDUCT OF
PARTICIPANTS

SPORTING
CONTROL TASKSALL FORMATS

TIMEKEEPINGAND
PHOTO-FINISH

RACE STAGING
AND STARTRACE INCIDENTS
AT THE FINISH LINE
FINISHRESULTSRESULTS FORMATDIAGRAM. Sporting control

Sports Departement_93

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.1.1. Conduct of participants in MTB races
While there are some particular aspects of the conduct of participants in MTB races that are specific to certain typesof race (e.g. 4X), the following behaviours are common to all types of race. It is important to note that these are in
addition to the conduct rules of Part I, General Organisation of Cycling as a Sport (ARTICLES 1.2.079 – 1.2.083 of the
UCI Regulations).
ARTICLES 4.1.034 – 4.1.037 of the UCI Regulations apply specifically to MTB events:

UCI REGULATIONS – PART IV, CHAPTER 1
4.1.034

A rider must act in a sporting manner at all times and must permit any faster rider to overtake without obstructing.
NOTE This does not necessarily mean that a rider must “pull over and stop” to allow a faster rider topass, nor does it mean that a rider should compromise safety to allow a faster rider to pass (for example,
trying to pull aside in a technical downhill section). However, it does mean that a rider cannot deliberately block or obstruct a passing rider, when it is obvious that the other, faster rider is trying to pass.
The rider who is being passed must allow the overtaking rider to do so as soon as reasonably possible.

4.1.035

If a rider exits the course for any reason, he/she must return to the course at the same point fromwhich he/she exited. If the president of the Commissaires’ panel deems that the rider gained advantage, the rider is disqualified (DSQ).
NOTE The key to correctly applying this regulation depends on whether the rider who left the course
gained an advantage. This always depends upon an examination of the circumstances of any such
incident. For example, a rider who leaves the course because he or she crashes has obviously notgained an advantage. On the other hand, a rider who overtakes one or more riders by cutting acrossthe inside of a corner (out of bounds) has definitely gained an advantage. The circumstances must
always be taken into account, as no two incidents are exactly alike. Also, the reliability of the source ofsuch information must be considered.

4.1.036

The riders must respect nature and must make sure that they do not pollute the course venue.
NOTE This can mean littering, public urination, or a variety of other related undesirable acts. Appropriate penalties could include warnings, a monetary fine or disqualification; the penalty depends
upon what exactly the rider has done.

4.1.037

Anyone who is found to have altered the course has his/her accreditation removed or, in case of arider, is disqualified (DSQ).
NOTE This can be very difficult to prove; generally a person must have been witnessed modifying thecourse by someone reliable (such as a course marshal), or must admit it, before the penalty can beapplied. Altering the course could mean something as small as moving an inconveniently placed rockin a technical section, or changing the position of a piece of marking tape in order to open up a newline through a section of the course.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe all their National Federation’s regulations
concerningthe behaviour of riders in MTB races.

• Describe the general UCI Regulations concerning the• Explain how to determine whether a general UCI Regulation or a specific MTB regulation applies concerning the conduct of riders in MTB races.

behaviour of riders in cycling races.

• Describe the specific UCI Regulations concerning the
behaviour of riders in MTB races.

• Explain the basic elements unique to each type of MTB race.

Sports Departement_94

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.1.2. Race staging and the start
Irrespective of the type of race, race staging and the start arealways key activities under the control of the Commissaires.
The process of assembling the riders in the correct order in
preparation for the start is known as “Race Staging”. Thisis done in different ways, depending on the type of race,
whether mass start such as most cross-country race types orindividual start, such as downhill, the 4X qualifying round or
XC time trials (XCT).
The start procedure is the specific process used to start therace as defined by the UCI MTB Regulations (once the riders are assembled in the correct order). The specific start
procedures for the various race types are described later inthis guide.
Both the staging and the start procedures for all race types
are administered and supervised by the Commissaires.

4.3.1.3. Sporting control at the finish – all race types
As per UCI Regulations ARTICLES 1.2.119 – 1.2.121, the finish judge is the sole judge of the finish. This official’s job is to record the finish order and confirm this against the results supplied by the timekeepers. ARTICLES 1.2.099 – 1.2.113 describe
the conditions under which the finish judge works and describes how the finish is organised.

SOME KEY POINTS
Timekeeping and photo-finish
A rider finishes as soon as the leading edge of the front wheel cuts the plane rising from the leading edge of the finish
line (the black line in the centre of the white strip).
NOTE
Photo-finish is the ultimate and indisputable means of establishing the finish order (in case of a close finish).
In order to finish, the rider must be in contact with the bicycle when crossing the finish line.
Times for all MTB races (except DH and 4X races) are recorded to the nearest second, with riders in bunch races finishing less than one second apart receiving the same time.
Times for DH and 4X races are recorded to the nearest
1/1,000 second.

Sports Departement_95

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

Race incidents at the finish line
Several different types of race incident are possible during the finish.

• For mass-start races, such as XCO events, a problem
that can occur during the final sprint between two or
more riders is obstruction or interference between
riders. Known as an “irregular sprint”, this happens
when a rider deliberately deviates from his or her path
to try to block another rider from passing; this is both
dangerous and unfair. The appropriate penalty is relegation and possibly a fine depending upon the severityof the offence.

• Another incident that can occur in any type of race (XCor DH) is the case of a rider crashing before the finish
line and crossing the line without his or her bicycle. In
such a case, the rider must go back and get their bicycle
before being credited with finishing.

• A final type of incident that can happen at the finish
area is that of a rider demonstrating angry or disrespectful behaviour. This can be anything such as making obscene gestures, throwing a helmet or bicycle indisgust, etc. Such behaviour should never be tolerated;in most cases the appropriate penalty is disqualification and possibly a fine depending upon the severity ofthe offence.

Results
Once the race has finished, the timing service provider (timekeepers), finish judge and UCI secretary collaborate to produce the race results, along with input from the 80% zone Commissaire (in the case of XCO races).
A common procedure is for the timing service provider to produce results that are then verified for accuracy by the finish
judge using his or her own record of the finish order. The finish judge is the final authority when drawing up the race
results.
For mass-start races, riders are listed in the order of finish, as follows:1

Riders finishing on thesame lap (covering thesame distance) as the winner (XCO and XCC events)

2

Riders 1, 2, 3 ormore laps down,in that order*

3

Riders who
did not finish

4

Riders who
did not start5

Riders who
were disqualified*Riders are listed in each group in the order that they were pulled out; this is important, as these riders can sometimes stillearn ranking points or prizes.

DIAGRAM. Results for mass-start races
Once the order has been established as above, any relegations are taken into account. For example, if in the final sprint,
the first rider to cross the finish line interfered with the sprint of the second rider, then the rider guilty of the interference
would be relegated to 2nd place; the finish order would then be adjusted to reflect this in the results.
In cases of relegation or disqualification a communiqué from the Commissaires’ panel explaining the penalty is attachedto the final results.

Sports Departement_96

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

For time-based races such as DHI events or the qualifying round of XCE or 4X events, the results are established as follows:1

In order fromthe fastest time tothe slowest time2

Riders who
did not finish

3

Riders who
did not start4

Riders who
were disqualified

DIAGRAM. Results for time-based races

NOTE
DNF, DNS and DSQ riders do not receive a finishing rank andare not eligible for prizes or ranking points. For elimination
races such as 4X and XCE, a specific procedure, describedin the UCI Regulations, defines the finish order. While theprocedure is basically the same for these two types of race,
there are some differences in how DNF, DNS and DSQ riders
are dealt with. All of these procedures should be learnt by
Commissaires.

Sports Departement_97

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

RESULTS FORMAT
Race results generally contain the following elements:• Page Header		- Name and place of the race

		- Date		- Distance covered• The results list, in order from first to last, including the following information for each rider:
Rank

Race N°UCI Code

Family name, First name

Team

Race time

Time behind
the winner

1

...

...

...

...

...

...

2

...

...

...

...

...

+...

Points• Page Footer
		- Page number		- Major event sponsors

		- Signature of the finish judge

		- Signature of the PCPEXAMPLE. XCO results
NOTE
For mass-start events, groups of riders who complete the race within one second of each other are normally given thesame time; their actual finishing order is used to establish the ranking.
Sports Departement_98

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.1.4. Procedures for the UCI Mountain Bike World Cup
The methods used to determine the start order in UCI Mountain Bike World Cup events, while using the same basic principles, are somewhat different to those for most other international events. Specific details, which may change from time
to time, are found in ARTICLES 4.5.001 TO 4.5.034 of the UCI Regulations.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the difference between race staging and thestart procedure.

• Explain the job of the finish judge and the conditions• Explain the various staging and start procedures for
the UCI Mountain Bike World Cup.

under which the finish occurs.

• Explain the format of start lists.
• Explain the format of race results.
• Describe how the finish order is decided for various
types of races.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO•As the finish judge, collaborate with

• Do not allow the timing service provider tothe timing service provider and 80%
Commissaire (if appli-cable) to verify the
results as soon as possible after the race.
• Ensure that results for the first few riders
are verified immediately so that the podium
ceremony can proceed as soon as possible.

Sports Departement_99

overrule you if you are the finish judge. The
finish judge is solely responsible for verifying
the results and declaring them final.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.2.
SPORTING CONTROL TASKS - XC

Sports Departement_100

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.2.1. XC: start procedure
All but one type of XC race involves starting the riders in a large group - a so-called “mass start” race. This means that thesame procedure is used for every XC race type, the exception being XC Time Trials (XCT). For any kind of individual timetrial, whether a DHI event, XCT event or the qualifying round for an eliminator race, the riders are started one at a time inthe order specified in the regulations for that type of race.
The best way to stage the riders in the correct order is to use asystem of call-up boxes. The number of boxes varies depending on the number of starters; the number of riders in eachbox depends on the space available, but is usually between 20
and 40 riders. As per the UCI Regulations, the order in whichriders are staged (or “called-up”) is the order of the current UCI
ranking for the category and discipline (highest-ranked riders
first), followed by unranked riders at random. In national races,
the riders in the national ranking are staged after the UCI-ranked riders and before the “random riders”.
The boxes are numbered; a sign at the entrance of each box
indicates which riders should be in that box by displaying therace numbers in call-up order. The highest-ranked group ofriders are in the box closest to the start line, the next highest
group in the second box, and so on. This system also allows
an easy check on whether there are riders that are on the start
list but are not present at the start. Those names will appear
on the results as “non-starters” or “did not start” (DNS). Eachbox is supervised by at least one Commissaire.
THE CALL-UP PROCEDURE
This procedure requires coordination between the announcer
and the Commissaire in charge at the exit of the boxes. Call-up
should not start too early prior to the race start (to be respectfulof the riders who have warmed up). The best idea is to agreewith the announcer on the number of riders that will be called
each minute and then to work backwards from 2-3 minutes
before the start until the starting time of the call-up is reached.
The earliest that the staging boxes may be opened is twenty
minutes prior to the race start when there is a large field of riders. This twenty-minute time frame may be shorter depending on the number of starters. If there are enough Commissaires for the boxes, generally 5-8 minutes is required before
the call-up begins (depending upon the size of the field) inorder to verify the number of starters and check the riders forillegal equipment such as compression leggings or radios, depending upon the number of riders in each box.
The Commissaire who will order the start should be positioned
at the exit from the staging boxes. As the call-up begins, this startCommissaire controls the flow of riders from the boxes, in an attempt to have all of the riders positioned and ready between 2-3
minutes before the start, as agreed in advance. In so doing, theCommissaire should keep his or her own timing and not listen
too closely to the announcer (as it can be easy for the announcer
to go too fast or slow), ensuring only that the order of the riders
out of the staging boxes is correct. Once the last staging box
is completely empty, the start Commissaire then moves quickly
to the start line and executes the start procedure in accordancewith the regulations. This movement of the start Commissaireto the start line from the boxes is important, as it means that
it will be impossible to accidentally start the race before all the
riders have lined up (which can happen, especially if the last box
cannot be seen from the start line). The start Commissaire must
communicate over the radio which riders eventually did not start(DNS) the event. This can be done once the race just started. It isvery important that all Commissaires as well as the timing company are informed about the riders who did not start the event.
Sports Departement_101

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSSTART “GRID” PROCEDURE AND MAXIMUM NUMBER OF RIDERS PER LINE
During the call-up, the following approach is advised tominimise the risk of chaos at the start: it is recommended
that additional lines are marked on the ground parallel tothe start line every two metres (approx. one bike length).
These lines serve as a mark for riders to line up on and assist
the Commissaires in charge of the grid procedure with theirtask.
Despite the recommended procedure, Commissaires will
have to accept (and tolerate) that in real life, one minute or
thirty seconds before the start, riders located on the secondline and the other lines behind often move forward. But atleast this system reduces chaos at the line and decreases therisk of bunching and a crash occurring at the start.
As mentioned in the regulations, it is the responsibility of
the PCP to make a final decision regarding the number of riders per line at the start, taking into consideration the widthof the start line and the particular features of the first few
hundred metres of the course. Usually, as a rough estimate,a comfortable space for each rider is approximately 1 metre. This would allow for 8 riders per line if the start line is 8
metres in width and the course does not present any narrowing or turns for the first few hundred metres.

As the call-up begins, the riders go to the start line in theorder they are called and may choose a position from theremaining available places on their line. In order to apply
the principle of equity, the Commissaires must make surethat all riders have at least one foot on the ground before
the start. This is the job of one of the other Commissaires,as the start Commissaire will be controlling the flow of riders
exiting the call-up boxes as mentioned above.

Sports Departement_102

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

THE START PROCEDURE
STARTCOMMISSAIRE

START
REGULATIONSCOUNTDOWNCHECK THE
SOUND SYSTEMCHECK THE PISTOLAND CARTRIDGESAVOID FALSE
STARTS

WHISTLEDIAGRAM. Start procedure
The start Commissaire must know the start regulations very well; in particular, what must be said and what kind ofcountdown must be carried out.
The start Commissaire checks the sound system well in advance to make sure that instructions will be loud and clear
enough to be heard by all the riders. In the case of XCO, the number of laps (and if applicable number of starting loops)
will be clearly announced in at least one of the two official languages of the UCI for international races.
Also, the start Commissaire must absolutely avoid false
starts, because it is nearly impossible to stop a group of riders with their adrenaline pumping. In order to minimise
the possibility of a false start, the start Commissaire must
constantly watch the front wheels of the riders on the startline and if one rider starts to move the start Commissaireshould immediately shoot the pistol to start the race. Asa matter of habit, the starter should ask to see the pistol
and cartridges well before using them to start any race. It
is good practice to test fire the pistol at this point in time, tobecome familiar with the action of the trigger and the safetymechanism (if there is one). Also, when starting races, it isa good idea for the starter to place a whistle in his or her
mouth, in case the pistol should fail to fire. In this way, thestarter can use the whistle to start the race.
As mentioned earlier, the goal is to have the riders ready and lined up 2-3 minutes before the scheduled start of the race
(slightly more time in good weather, slightly less in bad weather). However, this will depend on how smoothly the call-up
is done. Once the start Commissaire arrives at the start line, he or she should begin giving the timed warnings (3 minutes,
2 minutes, 1 minute, 30 seconds, 15 seconds), starting with the next closest minute. For example, if the call-up ends a bitlater than expected, the first warning given might be the 2-minute or even the 1-minute warning.
After giving the 15-second warning, the start Commissaire should raise the gun, put the whistle in his/her mouth and thenwatch the front wheels of the riders, signalling the start at some point in the following 15 seconds.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain the staging and start procedure for mass start
XC races.

• Explain the call-up procedure for national races heldin their country.

• Explain the order in which riders are called-up for all• Explain the call-up and start procedure for the UCI
Cross-Country Mountain Bike World Cup (see Part 4,
Chapter 5 of UCI Regulations).

types of international XC races.

• Describe the Commissaires’ tasks when staging andstarting XC events.

Sports Departement_103

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.2.2. The race passing order: the foundation of XC sporting control
Regardless of the kind of cross-country race, the most important functional skill to develop as a MTB Commissaire officiating at XC events is the ability to keep an accurate and useful race passing order. This is the main tool that Commissaires
use to provide the information that they need in order to manage the race and to verify the results. Its importance cannot
be overstated. However, it is also one of the skills that is most inconsistently practiced.
If accurately and diligently kept, a race passing order will provide the following information:
The position of riders relative to one another in each lap (for circuit races such as xco races) or at the
points along the course where the passing order is kept (for xcp and single lap xcm races).

The riders who are in danger of being lapped or who are lapped.
Riders who may possibly have left the course and gained an unfair advantage (though this must also
be confirmed by other means).
The time gap from the leading rider in the race to the last rider in the race.
Approximately when the race leader can next be expected to pass the position at which the passingorder is being kept.

DIAGRAM. Information provided by a race passing order
Furthermore, the race passing order is the tool that allows the 80% zone Commissaire to accurately and fairly pull uncompetitive riders from the race and that the finish judge uses to record an accurate finish order for XCO races and checkthe work of the timing service provider.
The basic method that should be followed to keep a race passing order is as follows.

PREPARATION
Make sure you have the following:• Enough paper for the race; this may be a form intended tohelp you better organise your work, though ruled paper
also works well (waterproof paper is a good idea, if you
can find it, to help you work more efficiently in the rain).

• A copy of the start list.
• A clipboard.
• A pen that writes easily, plus a backup in case it runsout of ink (some officials prefer a mechanical pencil with
sufficient lead).

• A stopwatch that was started at the moment the race be-gan, as well as a wristwatch synchronised with the official
race clock (as a backup).

PAPER

STOPWATCH

PEN

START LIST

CLIPBOARDSports Departement_104

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSMETHODThe same basic principles apply to the 80% zone Commissaires, or passing orders being kept by any other official. The
same basic procedure also applies during XCM and XCP races; it is simply that in these cases, the passing order is being
kept at different points along the race course, possibly by different Commissaires, rather than over multiple laps taken at
the same location.
1.	Before the race begins, prepare your paper or forms by labelling them with the rider category, date, start
time and distance (number of laps). Also write your name and location along the course (e.g. finish line, 80%zone, feed/technical assistance zone 2, etc.).
2.	At the moment the race begins, start your stopwatch(es). If for some reason you are not close enough to the start
to hear the whistle or gun, consult a colleague via your radio and ask for a countdown so that you can synchronise
and start your watch a few minutes into the race (knowing that the times you record must later be adjusted by a corresponding amount of time).
3.	As soon as possible after the race start, verify the exact number of starters with the staging Commissaires
and write this information at the top of your form.
4.	When the race leaders first pass your position, begin writing down their race numbers in the order that they
pass you.Write the numbers in neat columns from top to bottom and left to right. For XCO races, at the topof this first column, write the number of laps remaining in the race; for example, if the race is 6 laps in total
and you are the finish judge, the first time the leader passes you, it will be 5 laps to go.
5.	Use your stopwatch to take the time of the race leader and write it on your form.
6.	Continue recording the riders’ numbers as they pass your position. Don’t forget to occasionally record moretimes on your form, especially after significant gaps between riders.
7.	As the riders pass, try to also find each rider’s number on your start list and either put a check mark next tothat rider’s number, or lightly cross it out; this will help you confirm when all riders have passed your position,or otherwise which riders are missing.
8.	Try to record the time of the last rider to pass you on the first lap. If you are keeping track of the riders who
have passed using your start list, you should know which rider this is likely to be.
9.	Make a special note of the numbers of the last 5 or 6 riders before the leader comes around for the next lap.
These are the riders who are most likely to be lapped or pulled within the next lap or two.
10.	If you miss the numbers of a few riders due to the volume of competitors passing you at once, mark an ‘X’ orsome other symbol in place of their numbers to indicate that a rider has passed. You can then make a pointof looking for those numbers on a later lap when the riders are more spread out.
11.	When the leader passes your position the next time, begin writing the numbers again, starting at the top ofa new column. Again record the number of laps remaining at the top of that column, as well as the race timeat which the leading rider passed.
12.	Continue writing down the numbers of the riders as they pass your position, occasionally recording times
as well. As the riders pass you, put a check mark next to their number in the column(s) for the previous lap,or lightly cross them out. This will again tell you which riders you are waiting for as the end of the lap draws
near.
13.	Continue this procedure until the race is over. Should you notice that one of the numbers you were waiting
for near the end of a lap does not appear in that lap, but instead appears in the next lap (probably closer
to the leaders than when you last saw that rider), it most likely means that this rider was lapped. Circle thenumbers of such riders. Such rider should generally be withdrawn from the race, even if it has not beenannounced that the 80% rule is in effect. Alternatively, it might be decided that these riders will not be permitted to begin another lap once the race winner has finished (if the 80% rule is not being used).
14.	Record DNF riders that are reported to you in the margins of your forms.
15.	During the finish, continue to record the order in which the riders pass. Also try to record the time for eachrider, as this is the rider’s finish time. If you are using a stopwatch that has a memory and the riders are coming very quickly, you can always later work backwards to retrieve the stored times and write them down.
16.	Save your passing order in case there are any subsequent questions concerning the race results. Also, it will
be needed when verifying the results produced by the timing service provider and the list of riders pulledfrom the race by the 80% Commissaire.

Sports Departement_105

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

What follows is a summary of the method for recording the passing order:

DURINGTHE EVENTBEFORETHE EVENT• Prepare your paper orforms: category, date,start time, distance, etc.

• Start the stopwatch,• Verify number of starters,• Record the time of race leaders after lap 1,

FINISH AND
AFTER THE RACE

• Record the order in whichriders pass the finish line,• Save your passing order.

• Gaps,• Check the riders who havegone past against the start list,• Record the time of the last rider,• Note numbers that are likely to
be lapped,• Mark the numbers you
missed,• Record the time of race leaders after lap 2,• Circle lapped riders’ numbers,• Record DNF riders.
DIAGRAM. Method for recording the passing order

EXAMPLE. How to keep a passing order using the process describedSports Departement_106

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Demonstrate the ability to maintain a race passing order for an XCO event.
• Explain the reasons for keeping a passing order for:- XCO Races,- XCC Races,- XCM Races,- XCP Races.

WHAT TO DO• Always maintain a passing order if you are the finish judge or 80% Commissaire.
• Keep your finish order sheets for at least a few weeks after every race in case there are questions about theresults.

Sports Departement_107

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.2.3. XCO: “80%” rule

UCI
WORLD CUPS

80%
RULE
UCI
WORLD
CHAMPIONSHIPS

WHEN IN
SPECIFICREGULATIONSDIAGRAM. 80% rule

As per the UCI Regulations, the “80 %” rule applies to UCI
World Cups (and UCI World Championships) and events
where the organiser has included it in the specific regulations
for the event. It can also be used for events where the PCP decides that it should be applied. The 80% rule allows the Commissaires to withdraw slow riders from the race; that is, thosearriving at the 80% zone on each lap more than 80% of thetime of the first lap behind the race leader.
The primary reason for withdrawing riders at the 80% zone isthat it decreases the potential for confusion both for the public and the media in the finish area, reducing the chance ofa lapped rider crossing the finish line at about the same timeas the race winner. It also decreases the possibility that theleading riders could be held up behind slower riders who areabout to be lapped.
In practice, the 80% rule should almost always be applied for international races, especially given the current 4-6 km lap
distance. Often there will be some very skilled riders forcing the pace at the front of the race who will quickly catch lessable riders at the back of the field. Using the 80% rule is necessary for such races in order to keep the course clear for theleading riders to the greatest degree possible.

REMINDER: CALCULATING THE 80%
Assuming that the race leader has a first lap time of 20 minutes, then the 80% time will be 16 minutes. As soon as the leader of the race passes by the 80% zone, a stop watch is started and all riders passing the 80% zone more than 16 minutes
behind the leader will be withdrawn from the race.

20 : 100 = 0.2

0.2 X 80 = 16

16 MINUTESDIAGRAM. Calculating the 80%

Sports Departement_108

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Except for lapped riders, the 80% rule does not apply in the final lap, but may need to be applied as early as the first lap
to withdraw very slow riders.
As riders withdrawn under the 80% rule still appear in the results (and in theory may receive points or prize money), it isimportant to produce a list of all withdrawn riders in the precise order that they were withdrawn. They should NEVER be
simply listed in alphabetical order or in order of race number. The same principle applies to all lapped riders.
NOTE
It is not always a strict 80% of the leader’s time on the first lap that is used. On very short courses with a wide range ofability in the field, it is often better to use something like 65% or 70% of the leader’s time in order to prevent riders frombeing lapped. In practice, the actual time used should be determined based upon the expected conditions of the race –after all, the goal is to prevent non-competitive riders from being lapped in the first place without removing riders whoneed not be withdrawn.

EXAMPLE. 80% zone

It is usually the assistant to the president of the Commissaires’ panel (APCP) who is responsible for the 80 % zone. This
zone is ideally located approximately 200 to 400 metres prior to the finish line. However, most important is that it is placedin an area where the riders can be seen coming from some distance and where they are forced to ride more slowly. A
section of the course just after a sharp turn or short but steep climb works well for this. The APCP will work with one or
two National Commissaires because the 80% zone is also a lap-scoring location. Indeed, lap scoring is an essential 80%
zone activity, as it is still possible that during the race, one or more riders may be lapped. Therefore it is essential thatthroughout the race, the 80% Commissaires are completely aware of the race situation, particularly the identity of therace leaders.

Sports Departement_109

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

Once the race is over, the 80% Commissaire completes the lapped/pulled riders form (see below) for any lapped riders.
This is a standard form provided by the UCI to allow Commissaires to report lapped or pulled riders to the finish judge,
timing service provider and secretary.

MOUNTAIN BIKE
Form for lapped or pulled riders
Name of the race: ________________________________________Class : __________
Date: _________________

Category : __________
Place: ______________________________

Laps : _________

Commissaires’ name: __________________________
Time of the first full lap (1st rider) : _____min._____sec. x _____ % = _____min._____sec.
RacenumberTime down:+mm:ssLaps to go
when pulledRace
numberTime down:+mm:ssLaps to go
when pulled

Lapped or pulled riders need to figure on the final classification. Thank you to fill this form by order the riders arepulled.

Signature: __________________________
Form for lapped or pulled riders / MTB

EXAMPLE. Lapped/pulled riders form

Sports Departement_110

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the process used to manage the 80% zone.
• Explain the reasons to use the 80% rule.
• List the types of competitions where the 80% rule
must be used.

• Describe how to use the 80% zone form available via
the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet.

• Describe how the 80% rule is implemented at World
Cups, when more than one category is racing on thecourse.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• When “closing” the course to pull riders at• Do not pull a rider out of the race at the 80%zone if there is any doubt about whether or not
he or she is lapped. Refrain until you are sure.
• For competitions where the 80% rule is notmandatory, do not apply the 80% rule unless
it is necessary (e.g. great disparity in the ability of the riders in a category, short course).

the 80% zone, be careful to watch for theleading riders (or lead bike) so that they are
not accidentally held up.

4.3.2.4. XC: feed/Technical Assistance (F/TA) Zones
Feeding is only allowed in designated areas.
Feed zones are also used as technical assistance zones. In
order to decrease the cost for the organiser and decrease
the number of persons needed by each team, the technicalzones are located in the same area as the feed zones.
The number of zones needed varies according to the format of the race: XCO, XCM, etc. These details can befound in the regulations. In terms of the size of the zone,organisers should favour too much space rather than notenough.
It is forbidden for a rider to go in the opposite directionof the course in order to reach a feed/technical assistancezone. A rider must continue on the course and stop in thenext zone. On this topic, it is important that the start andfinish of each feed/technical assistance zone is clearly marked. Once the last portion of the rider’s bicycle has passed
the end of a feed/technical assistance zone, they have tocontinue to the next such zone to receive technical assistance or feeding. A rider may only turn around to go back andreceive assistance if still within the boundaries of the feed/technical assistance zone.

Sports Departement_111

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSIn the XCO format, there should be at least two National Commissaires in each feed/technical assistance zone. If resources
allow, it may be possible to position one or more UCI International Commissaire in the F/TA zones. Fewer officials are needed if double F/TA zones are used.

Technical assistance has been allowed since 2005, and as of2006 there may be neutral assistance at the UCI World Championships and UCI World Cups. For other types of XC event,neutral assistance is not compulsory, but an organiser may
provide it if so desired.
It must be stressed that Commissaires in charge of feed/technical assistance zones are not responsible for the equipment
deposited there. There is no limit to the amount of equipmentthat can be deposited in the zone by a team or rider as long as
this does not interfere with other competitors or affect otherteams.
Contact between riders and mechanics is only allowed in thedesignated feed/technical assistance zones. Reminder: teamhelpers passing up food and drink are not allowed to run in
the feed zones.
Also, a lapped rider or a slow rider pulled out at the 80% zone
is considered withdrawn from the race and so consequently
is not allowed to help a teammate with technical assistance.

NOTE
Technical assistance between members of the same team is only allowed for national teams and UCI teams (suchtechnical assistance between riders may take place on the course but is subject to the applicable regulations – forinstance, such riders are not permitted to switch bicycles, as each rider must finish the race with the bicycle and number
plate with which he or she started).

Sports Departement_112

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Important Points for F/TA Zone Sporting Control:

F/TA ZONE

f/ta zones are working areas andshould be kept tidy and controlled

Activities not related to feedingor assisting riders with a mechanical problem should be limited.
While it is not prohibited for teammanagers
to do things such as take picturesof the race when they are not busy
feeding a rider, they need to stayout of the way of others when
doing so.

Accreditation

Accreditation allowing F/TA Zone
access must always be displayed.

Proper feeding procedure

Step out, hand over bottle/food,step back.

No spraying of riders/bikes withwater while the rider is riding

If the rider is standing out of theway, having pulled in for technicalassistance, then it’s fine.

No running

Team staff are allowed to movearound within the zones, as long as
they do so carefully and do not run.

Riders may not return to a zone
for technical assistance; after theyleave an F/TA zone, they must
continue to the next one. They
may however, turn around whenstill within a zone.

DIAGRAM. F/TA Zone sporting control.

Sports Departement_113

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Layouts of feed/technical assistance zones:
The following diagrams demonstrate the most common layouts of feed/technical assistance zones. The first diagramshows a single feed/technical assistance zone, the second illustrates a separation between technical assistance and feeding and the third diagram represents a double zone.
race direction

1

DIAGRAM. Single feed/technical assistance zone

2

3

DIAGRAM. Separation between
technical assistance and feeding

DIAGRAM. Double zone

In the diagrams above, each box is allocated to a team (orseveral small teams) to allow them to store their equipment.
While they may generally feed from their box (and many do),feeders do not necessarily have to remain stationary – they
may move throughout the zone if there is space to do so.
The important thing is that the zone is kept clear enoughand that feeders wait behind the line.

Sports Departement_114

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Commissaire tasks in the F/TA zones are generally as follows, in order of highest priority to lowest:• Watching what riders and team staff are doing (note: the Commissaire’s positioning is important: normallytowards the end of the zone is best, particularly if working alone). If an infringement of the regulations is aboutto occur, move to prevent it (if possible).

• If possible, keeping a passing order; otherwise, at least paying enough attention to have a good idea of what
is happening in the race.

		- If it seems that a rider is going to abandon the race, check with the rider to make sure, then report the
DNF to the finish judge.

• Asking people working in the zone to display their pass or accreditation (and asking unaccredited individuals
to leave).

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain the conduct of team managers and riders in
the F/TA zones.

• Describe the layout of F/TA zones at major MTB events,on the course to go back to a F/TA zone.

• Explain how many F/TA zone passes each team re-• Describe what happens if a rider tries to turn around• Explain the recommended layouts of F/TA zones.
• Describe the circumstances when technical assistancesuch as World Cups.

ceives at various levels of events, and the process for
distributing these passes as per the UCI Regulations.

between team-mates is allowed.

• Describe the tasks of the F/TA zone Commissaires.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO•
Try to appoint enough Commissaires to•Do not be ‘invisible’ in the F/TA zone.

supervise the zone.
• Pay particular attention to the end of the F/
TA zones, in case riders try to turn around.
• If possible, try to prevent an infringementfrom occurring rather than having to penalise it after the fact.

Sports Departement_115

Managers and riders should know that thezone is being supervised.
• Do not delay in reporting DNF riders to thefinish judge or situations that might requirea penalty to the PCP.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.2.5. XC: training
As per UCI MTB Regulation ARTICLE 4.1.022, the course must only be ridden by riders during the events and official
training periods. During such official training periods, marshal and medical coverage must be present. All other persons
must be kept clear of the course.
This said, mountain bike races are often held at ski areas or in public parks that maintain a network of trails that are open
each day to other users (see 4.2.4.3.2.).
Should riders ignore the warning to keep off the course, then a penalty is appropriate; this is at the discretion of theCommissaires (such as a fine for failing to respect the instructions of the Commissaires or organisation), but could be as
severe as disqualification, depending upon the exact circumstances.
Should a rider of a different category be found training on the course during a race, then the offending rider should
be disqualified.

4.3.2.6. XCO: calculation of the number of laps
The calculation of the number of laps for XCO events is a challenge even for the most experienced Commissaires, especially when no major event has taken place on the proposed course. The number of laps of a XCO event is considereda sporting aspect of the race not a technical one. As such, the PCP is responsible for setting the number of laps.
However, nothing prevents the PCP from consulting the TD (this person is usually experienced with MTB events andmay have a word of wisdom). It is also important to talk to the person on the organising committee responsible for thecourse, because a race may have taken place in the recent past on the same course and the lap time of that event may
be a reference point for your decision. As a last resort, the PCP may even talk to some key athletes about their estimateof lap times. In short, even if the final decision on the number of laps is the responsibility of the PCP, teamwork is again
a key element.
If the weather conditions are favourable, the PCP will aim for the maximum allowed race time. But if the weather forecast is bad or the race is being held at the beginning of the season, the PCP should target the minimum time.
Never allow discussion of the number of laps at the team managers’ meeting. If you allow this discussion, themeeting will never end, as some athletes are better on shorter courses and others on longer courses.
Only unexpected bad weather on race day should lead to a reduction in the number of laps previously announced at theteam managers’ meeting. It is very important to stress that this decision is the sole responsibility of the PCP.
In summary, in good weather plan for more rather than less; in bad weather plan for less rather than more
The minimum and maximum race times for various categories are found in ARTICLE 4.2.001 of the UCI Regulations.
To help make the job of calculating the number of laps easier, a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet is available from the Commissaires’ Extranet. It can be used to model various XC race course parameters in order to predict the number of laps as
accurately as possible.

Sports Departement_116

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the XCO race durations for each class of in-

Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain how to calculate the number of laps for an

calculation spreadsheet available from the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet.

ternational race (C1/2/3) and for national races andcategories in their own country.

• Describe how to use the race distance and duration

XCO race.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• If there is any doubt about the weather, it• If you seek opinions from riders concerning

is best to mention in the team managers’
meeting that it is possible that the numberof laps might change.

the number of laps and lap times, do not
accept the word of just one rider or team.
This can be a factor in your decision, butshould not be the only thing you consider.
• Do not confirm the number of laps before
the team managers’ meeting.
• Do not get into a debate about the number of laps at the team managers’ meeting;this is a point of information – not a point of
discussion.

4.3.2.7. XC: briefing the lead and sweep bike riders
The lead and sweep bikes (motos) are an important partof XCO races. The main purpose of the lead bike is to markthe front of the race. This indicates to the spectators, Commissaires and the timing service provider that the race leaders will arrive shortly. The lead bike often carries a sign on
the motorcycle (sometimes also on his/her back) to indicate the number of laps remaining, so that the spectators
along the course and the team staff in the F/TA zones know
how much longer the race will last.

Sports Departement_117

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Similarly, the sweep bike is used to mark the back of the
field of riders that are still considered to be competing in therace. This is almost always the last-placed rider. The sweep
bike is mainly used in XCM and XCP races (or stages of XCS
events) rather than XCO events, except to close the course
after the last rider once the winner has finished.
Since the moto riders may not have experience of mountainbike races, it is very important to issue specific instructions,so that they can do their jobs without interfering with therace. The PCP is responsible for ensuring that the moto riders have been given instructions.
If the PCP is not confident that the moto riders can follow
the instructions properly, then it is better to not use the motorcycles. Furthermore, if the moto riders are not following
instructions and their behaviour cannot be corrected, thenthey should be withdrawn from the race.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR MOTO RIDERS:• It is wise for the organiser to instruct the moto riders to arrive at the course in enough time to complete one ormore practice laps. This will inform them of the layout and profile of the course, including any sections thatthey might have to by-pass if too technically demanding.

• The moto riders must be made to understand that the pace of the race will not remain constant. During some

sections of the course, they will need to ride very quickly, while other sections will be slower. The most important thing is to always remain aware of the position of the riders closest to them.

• If a Commissaire flags down a moto rider, then he or she must stop and listen to the Commissaire’s instructions.

• The motorcycles should have full fuel tanks before the race starts. Furthermore, the riders should leave a fuelsupply near the finish line in an easily accessible place (preferably not too visible), in case refuelling is needed.

• The lead and sweep bike riders should wear different clothing, so that they can be easily distinguished fromone another. This is especially important if they are riding the same kind and colour of motorcycle.

LEAD BIKE INSTRUCTIONS:
 tay well ahead of the leaders – the moto should remain far
Senough ahead that any dust disturbed has a chance to settle,
yet not so far ahead that the riders lose sight of the motorcycle. This distance depends upon the nature of the course,
but is usually 75 to 150m, sometimes more (but never less).
NOTE
For some sections of the course, such as particularly fast or
technical downhill sections, it is better for the lead bike to go
further ahead and then wait for the riders to catch up. This
will avoid the possibility of the riders catching the motorcycle. On very narrow or technical sections, it may be better forthe motorcycle to avoid these entirely by leaving the course
and taking another route, and then waiting for the riders at
the exit of that section.
 hen approaching the finish line, it is important for theWlead bike to increase the distance to the leading riders toapproximately 30 to 40 seconds. This will allow one of theofficials to change the lap indicator displayed on the motorcycle or the rider’s back (if used).

Sports Departement_118

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS efore the start of the race, the lead bike should wait apB
proximately 50-100m in front of the start line, ready to depart the moment the start is given. As the rider may nothear the start pistol, he should be instructed to be looking
backwards to watch for the riders to move as they start therace.

 t the end of the race, the lead bike must move far ahead ofA
the leaders (at least 60 seconds) in order to ensure that he or
she is completely clear of the course and finish area before
the winning rider arrives. If possible, a deviation point forthe motorbike to leave the course should be arranged justbefore the finish line.

SWEEP BIKE INSTRUCTIONS:T he sweep bike rider must be instructed to follow the last-placed rider in the race. However, the sweep bike should remain some distance back, to give the rider some space, though keeping him or her within sight.
T he sweep bike should not stop to wait for riders who have pulled in to one of the F/TA zones for technical assistance,
unless in a XCP or XCM race.
NOTE
A sweep bike is not used in XCO events. Instead, the lead bike moves well ahead of the race winner during the final lap;
once the winner finishes, the lead bike catches the last rider left on the course and follows him or her in to the finishline. Elimination of the sweep bike means that there is no possibility of any confusion about where the front of the race
actually is.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the purpose of using lead and sweep bikes.
• Explain when lead and sweep bikes should not be used.

Sports Departement_119

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.2.8. XC: finish line procedure
As already described, the finish judge (FJ) is the sole official responsible for determining the finish order and verifying
the results.
For XC races, the FJ is assisted by, and directs the work of, at least one or two National Commissaires.
The main job for circuit races, such as XCO, XCC and XCM races with multiple laps, is to keep a race passing order. This
will help the FJ to verify the race results and remain aware of the current race situation. This is particularly important if the
80% rule is not being used, so that lapped riders can be identified.
For point-to-point races (XCP and XCT) and at the finish of
circuit races, the FJ keeps the finish order and records thefinishing time of each rider as he or she crosses the line.
Part of the job is to judge any close sprints for the finish line
and in the event of a very close sprint, to verify the outcomeusing the photo-finish equipment (if present). In all suchsprints, it is the FJ who is the final authority concerning theoutcome. He may also offer an opinion concerning any irregular or dangerous sprint that might occur, though it is also
the responsibility of the PCP to be present at the finish to
generally supervise the finish area and observe the sprints(although this isn’t always possible).
The FJ is usually mostly concerned with recording the orderof the riders crossing the finish line. Judging the sprint for
fairness is best done in front of the riders where side-to-side
movement can be better seen, whereas judging at the finish
line involves the judge looking across the line to see which
front wheel crosses first. However, the FJ is usually able tooffer an opinion on irregular sprints.
For circuit races, a lap board is often used. During the race,
the FJ (or one of the assistant Commissaires) operates thelap board and ensures that it always displays the correct
number of laps remaining. Lap board verification is the
FJ’s responsibility. The lap board should generally not bechanged until just before the race leader is next expected topass through the finish/lap area.
Once all the riders have finished the race, the FJ collaborates
with the timing service provider, the 80% Commissaire (ifthe 80% rule is used) and the secretary to produce and verify the race results.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the duties and task distribution of the Commissaires at the finish line.

Sports Departement_120

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.3.
SPORTING CONTROL TASKS - DHI

Sports Departement_121

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.3.1. DHI: training

COMPULSORY:
2 TRAINING
RUNS

VIDEO
CAMERASONLY DURING
TRAINING

DHI
OFFICIAL
TRAININGCOMPULSORY:WEARINGA FULL-FACECYCLING HELMETCOMPULSORY:HANDLEBAR
NUMBER PLATESDIAGRAM. DHI official training

As in XC, training must only occur during official training periods as it is only at these times that marshals and first aid
personnel are present on the course. Training on a DHI course is not allowed during a race and would lead to the disqualification of those involved.
It is important to stress at the team managers’ meetingthat no training is to take place outside of the official training periods and that once the period allowed for training
ends, riders must leave the course. Those remaining on thecourse after the end of the training period risk a penalty,
such as disqualification. In order to fairly arbitrate this, theorganisation should provide a “closing rider” who is thelast rider to go down the course, at slow speed. The job of
this rider is to warn that the course is closed and to givenotice to any riders on the course to leave. Any rider remaining on the course after the closing rider has passed risks
disqualification.

Sports Departement_122

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

If a “closing rider” is not available, the start Commissaireshould note the numbers of the last few riders to descend
the course during the practice and ask the marshals to ensure that these riders (and all other riders below them) keep
moving down the course once the practice is over. Any riders
remaining on the course after this risk a penalty.
It is compulsory for each rider to do at least two training runs
from the starting gate. After the “walking inspection” of thecourse, it is forbidden to walk on the course for obvious safety
reasons. If a rider stops on the course during training, he or
she must immediately move to a safe place at the side of thecourse.
Fifteen to twenty minutes before the end of the training session (depending on the time needed to reach the summit),
the Commissaire assigned to the uplift must not allow any
more riders to go to the top of the course. This time should
be adjusted as needed and announced in a communiqué orat the team managers’ meeting.
NOTE
If an official is not stationed at the uplift for the entire training session, then a Commissaire should go to the bottomof the lift in order to close it. The aim is to prevent riders fromarriving at the start after the end of the training session.
The Commissaire at the start must make sure that all riders
wear an approved full-face cycling helmet, both in competition and during training sessions. The riders must also
have their handlebar number plate on the bicycle. Note thatit can sometimes be impossible to prevent riders from goingup on the lift. Many DHI events take place at ski resorts
which have mountain bike parks that are open to the public.
There is nothing to prevent participants in the race from riding in the bike park as long as they are not on the course.
In this case, the uplift Commissaire should note the numberof the last rider who will be allowed to practice on the course
and inform the Commissaire at the start of this information.
All riders coming to the uplift following this rider should be
advised that the course is closed. The Commissaire should
remain at the start for a while past the end of training toensure that these instructions are respected. It is likewise agood practice to close the entrance to the start area with abarrier to make it obvious that the training is over.
Furthermore, video cameras are only permitted during practice, whether mounted to the helmet. Helmet-mounted
cameras must be secured safely, in a way that does not present any undue risk to the rider and does not invalidate thecertification of the helmet or other safety equipment.
NOTE
Since the 2014 season, the UCI allows a certain number of
onboard cameras during competition at World Cup andWorld Championship events only. On those events, the onboard cameras must be communicated through an official
communiqué edited by the Commissaires panel and withthe approval of the UCI Technical Delegate. The riders being
allowed wearing onboard cameras will be listed. Non-listed
riders will not be allowed using onboard cameras during
competition.

Sports Departement_123

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.3.2. DHI: start procedure
Ideally all riders must be in the “staging” area approximately 10 minutes before their scheduled start. Thus, they mustallow enough time in the lift queue and on the lift to reachthe start punctually.
A national Commissaire stages the riders according to thestart list. When called, the riders line up behind the startline. The start Commissaire checks to see that the rider inthe starting gate corresponds to the number on the startlist.
The APCP (or another Commissaire) is also stationed at thestart, to assist the start Commissaire and verify that the riders’ clothing and equipment complies with the regulations. Any issues in this respect should be reported to the
PCP via radio. If a rider’s clothing or equipment represents asafety issue, or would normally prevent the rider from starting under the regulations, then the Commissaire shouldtell the rider that he or she must correct the problem, or be
refused a start. All cases of a refused start should be reported to the PCP and finish judge immediately. As with thepractice session, it is also good to station a Commissaire at
the uplift to try to prevent a rider with clothing or equipment
issues from reaching the top of the course (where it is often
too late for the rider to fix them).
Under no circumstances may a rider start the race at any time other than his or her allotted start time. The rider may start between five seconds before and five seconds after
his or her official starting time in events where adequate electronic timing is present andallows for this. As each rider starts, the start Commissaire notes the number of seconds
before or after time zero that the rider started on the start list (in case the backup manual
timing is needed) and then calls the next rider on the start list. A rider who misses thestarting time will be considered as “did not start (DNS)” and will not be given anotherstarting time. The Commissaire must thus wait until five seconds after a rider’s official
starting time before bringing the next rider to the line.

START

CALL
UP

WARM UP

Normally, the only conditions under which the PCP mightallow a late rider to have a later start is in the case of circumstances beyond that rider’s control (for example, aproven extended stoppage of the uplift). By the time of therace, all riders will know the amount of time needed to reachthe top of the course and prepare; so minor lift stoppages
are not normally considered. If a rider is late, this is usually
due to carelessness, which must not be tolerated.

Sports Departement_124

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

It is important that the start times are respected. If a rider
does not start, the next rider must not be allowed to start until his or her appointed time, unless authorised by the PCP(which may be the case if the race is behind schedule due
to one or more crashes). In the case of DNS riders, the startCommissaire should move into the start area until the start
time for the missing rider has passed, in order to prevent thenext rider from accidentally starting the race before his or herscheduled time.
At least two National Commissaires record a manual backup
time. Checks must be conducted at the start and finish thatmanual timing has been organised.
Forerunners, i.e. two or more riders with plates marked A andB, start down the course five minutes before the first competitor as an indicator (to marshals, the media, spectators, etc.)that the official race will start soon. The forerunners also verify
that the timing system is working correctly and that the course
is clear.

15 minutes before the start: start Commissaire verifies that the course is readywith marshal coordinator

10 minutes before the start: riders in staging area

Forerunners A and B

Start Commissaire: checks numbers on start list

APCP: checks clothing and equipment

Start time: +/- 5 seconds

2 National Commissaires record back-up times

DIAGRAM. Start procedure

Sports Departement_125

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.3.3. DHI: “flag” procedure• during training only
• all marshals

YELLOW

FLAGS• during training• during races• specially appointed

RED

marshals

DIAGRAM. Flags

During official training sessions, all “flag” marshals carry ayellow flag which they must wave in the event of a fall towarn the other riders to slow down.
A number of specially appointed marshals must also carrya red flag and have a radio link set to the same frequency
as that of the PCP, the marshal coordinator, the technicaldelegate and the medical team. They must be stationed at
strategic places on the course in such a way that they canbe seen directly by the closest two marshals (above andbelow them).
Red flags are used during training sessions and races (yellow flags during training only).
Marshals with red flags who witness a serious accident haveto immediately signal this by radio to the marshal coordinator, who then notifies the PCP, the technical delegate andthe medical team. Only the PCP may order a race stoppage(however, during training the start Commissaire should be
notified of a red flag situation or any crash blocking or partly blocking the course as soon as possible). As soon as thecourse has been cleared, the PCP announces that the race
may start again by radio. It must be understood that races
may be stopped only in the event of a serious accident, inwhich the course is blocked either by the rider who has crashed or by the rescue effort (especially if continuing the race
would put the rescuers or riders in danger).
Red-flag marshals must immediately evaluate the state of
the injured rider while remaining in radio contact with theabove-mentioned officials.

Red-flag marshals not directly concerned by an accident monitor all radio communications relating to the accident. Ifthey see one of their red-flag colleagues situated below them waving a red flag, they must immediately do the same.
Riders seeing a red flag being waved during a race must immediately stop.
NOTE
Of course marshals with red flags below the location of the crash should NOT wave their flags, as any riders below theincident would obviously not be held up by it.

Sports Departement_126

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

A rider who has been stopped must continue calmly without delay to the end of the course to obtain a new starting timefrom the PCP.
When possible, it is best to allocate the most experienced National Commissaires to the most difficult areas of the course(in place of marshals) to be ready with red flags.
During DHI training sessions, the start Commissaire should be appointed as the race “emergency-stop” Commissaire, as
the start Commissaire controls the training.
Above all, the marshals should be briefed by the PCP. Marshals should receive written instructions on the use of the redand yellow flags in their own language. It is important to stress that during the race, the PCP is the only person who maystop the event. The course marshal plans found in section 4.2.2.3 should be referenced in the briefing.

4.3.3.4. DHI: finish procedure
During the race, the finish judge must ensure that the finish line is clearly marked on the ground and that the timing
photo cells are free from any obstacles that might affect theriders’ times.
In bad weather, when the riders’ numbers are covered inmud, a national Commissaire may help with checking thenumbers. As mentioned before, at least two National Commissaires are also needed for back-up manual timing (oneat the top and one at the finish).

During the race, the rider with the best finishing time sits inthe “hot seat” to allow spectators and the media to identify
the current race leader. The hot seat is usually only used during the final and not during the qualifying or seeding run.
The PCP is positioned at the finish area, close to the hotseat and next to the exit from the finish corral; this means
the PCP can witness the finish of each rider and monitor
their conduct in the finish area and on the hot seat. This isparticularly important for noting any potential equipment
violations regarding jerseys or video cameras, in case suchinfractions have not been caught before the start. Also, in
this position, the PCP can receive any complaints from riders
concerning being held up on the course by a marshal witha red flag.

At races where a technical delegate is appointed, it is typically his or her responsibility to manage the hot seat and thephotographers around it. In the absence of a technical delegate, the organisation usually supplies a person to manage
the hot seat. While the PCP (or a delegated Commissaire)
can help with this, the first priority of the Commissaires is to
pay attention to what is happening in the race; as such, thehot seat is a secondary priority.

Sports Departement_127

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain how training is managed for DHI events.
• Describe the yellow flag procedure during DHI training.

• Describe the red flag procedure during DHI races.
• Explain the DHI race start procedure.
• Describe how backup timing is done for DHI races.
• Describe the task distribution and procedure at the• Describe how to use the race distance and duration
calculation spreadsheet available from the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet.

finish line of DHI races.

• Describe how riders who are late for their start aredealt with.

• Explain the UCI Regulations regarding the use ofvideo cameras

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Observe the actions and reactions of the• Do not authorise a restart unless you aremarshals during training to see how well they
follow instructions; address any concernswith the marshal coordinator.
• Be firm concerning the training schedule. A
minor stoppage of the uplift during training
usually does not need to be made up; normally there is much more time for training
available than is really necessary.
• If time allows, observe the training, particularly at difficult sections of the course (especially if you are also the technical delegate)
so that you are informed about possible problems with the course if this issue arises.

Sports Departement_128

reasonably certain that a rider has received
a red flag.
• Do not authorise a rider to start late unless
you are satisfied that he or she has missed
the start for a reason that is genuinely
beyond the rider’s control (e.g. a major stoppage of the uplift).

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.4.
SPORTING CONTROL TASKS – ELIMINATOR (4X, XCE) RACESSports Departement_129

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSCH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.4.1. 4X: general principles and sporting control
3.

Women Small Final
4 riders

4.

4X

1.

2.

Qualification run(ITT)Main event(heats of
3-4 riders)
1/16, 1/8,
1/4 finals

Women Big Final
4 riders

5.

Men Small Final
4 riders

6.

Men Big Final
4 riders

DIAGRAM. Four-cross race format

Four-cross (4X) features exciting, fast-paced races, in whichheats of three or four riders contest a generally downhillcourse with banked corners, jumps and other obstacles. The
first two riders to cross the finish line after completing thewhole course advance to the next round of the competition.
The remaining one or two riders are eliminated.
Before the main event featuring heats of three or four riders begins, all riders complete a qualification run on thecourse. This takes the form of an individual time trial. The
number of riders who ultimately qualify for the main event
depends on the number of riders entering the event as defined in the 4X section of the UCI Regulations, ARTICLE
4.4.005. Following the qualifying round, all riders who are
not eliminated receive a new number plate corresponding
to their rank in the qualifying round. For example, thefastest qualifier receives plate number 1, the second fastest
gets plate number 2, and so on.
The competition format is organised so that the best riders
ultimately meet in a final (called the “big” final), which decides the outcome of the race (places 1 – 4). A “small” finalis also organised for the riders from the semi-final round
who did not advance to the final to determine places 5 – 8.
All other riders are ranked based upon the round reached,then by their result in the heat, and then by their race number (which is based on the results of an initial individual
time trial on the course, used to qualify the correct numberof riders for the elimination rounds).

Sports Departement_130

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4X is a contact sport; as the riders are racing head-to-headover a short and sometimes narrow course, some contact isinevitable, particularly when going through corners. However, it is forbidden for riders to deliberately interfere withanother rider’s progress.

During the elimination stages of the race, the Commissaires manage the event as follows:
1. The start must be free from interference. The first fivemetres of the course are divided into four lanes of equal
width (the width of one start position at the gate); theboundaries between the lanes are marked with whitelines. Any rider who rides on or over one of the whitelines is relegated if it is judged that in doing so, he or
she interferes with another rider. If there is no interference, the relegation is converted to a warning.

2. After the start, the Commissaires observe the entire
race to ensure that any contact between the riders isincidental and is not deliberately meant to block or interfere with another rider’s progress. This can include:a. Deliberate attempts to “take-out” other riders suchas running into them (a T-Bone) or attempts to push
another rider off the course (usually in a corner).
b. More subtle means of interference, such as attempting to delay or alter the path of another rider
through a corner using an elbow; this can be difficult to detect, as riders often ride “elbow-to-elbow” through the corners.
3. Commissaires must ensure that the riders complete
the full course. This includes passing around any gates,
as described in the 4X regulations. These are normallyplaced to define the boundary of the course, especiallythrough the corners.
4. Commissaires watch for any acts of violence, aggression or disrespectful behaviour during the race (e.g.
kicking other riders, rude gestures, removing a helmet,
throwing a bicycle or helmet, etc.).
5. Commissaires confirm the finish order and warn, relegate or disqualify riders for any infringements on thecourse, as confirmed by the PCP.

Sports Departement_131

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

START

Check the start line
(free frominterference,no rider crossing
the start line early)

AFTER THE START
Watch for contact
between riders(accidental ordeliberate)

AFTER THE START
Check that riders
completethe full course

AFTER THE START
Check riders’correct behaviour(no violence,
aggression,
disrespect)

FINISH

Confirm the finish
order (and issue
any warnings,
relegations,disqualifications)

DIAGRAM. Commissaires’ tasks during a Four-cross race

4.3.4.2. 4X: training
The regulations require that practice must take place on the same day as the finals, in addition to any other practice periods that may be held. As with any other discipline, the course marshals and medical teams must be in position before
practice can begin.
A Commissaire should also be positioned at the start gate to ensure that the practice ends on time.
It should be noted that it is normal for riders to stop along the course to watch other riders and also to not descend theentire course on each run. Often riders will remain at one or more areas on the course to practice particular sections over
and over again. Later in the practice, more and more riders will begin doing end-to-end runs of the course. This methodof practicing should be supported by the Commissaires. However, riders who stop in a dangerous place should be asked
to move elsewhere.
Finally, it is important to ensure that the starting gate is usedduring some of each practice session.
It can be helpful for the Commissaires to watch the practice;doing so can help them predict where interference between
riders is most likely to occur during the race. This is particularly important if the PCP is also the technical delegate, as it
will help to determine more exactly where the gates shouldbe placed. Of course, if a gate position is adjusted, then theriders must still have a chance to practice after the change
is made.

Sports Departement_132

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.4.3. 4X: radio protocol & sporting control procedure
During the race, the Commissaires must conduct all communications in the following way (English will be used in situations where the Commissaires speak different languages):• Riders W-X-Y-Z in the gates (Start Judge)• Riders on course (Start Judge)• Rider X False Start (Start Judge)• Rider X Incident (all Commissaires)• Rider X Elbow (or any other part of the body) (all Commissaires)• Rider X T-bone (all Commissaires)• Rider X Gate (all Commissaires)• Riders W-Z (in the order of arrival on the finishing-line) (finish judge)• Confirm Riders W-Z (PCP)• Rider X ‘red card’, ‘blue card’ or ‘yellow card’ (PCP)• Course clear (PCP)The PCP directs the race from an observation tower; ideally this is situated midway on the course at a place that allows
him or her to see the entire course.
NOTE
On many courses, it is nearly impossible to view the whole course. Consequently, the PCP should be stationed where heor she can see as much of the course as possible. For major events such as World Cups, the PCP is often stationed in the
TV truck and watches the race on a video screen.
It should be noted that sometimes radio reception in the TV
truck is poor as such trucks are often shielded against electromagnetic interference. Reception should be tested prior
to the start of the competition and if radio communication is
problematic, a person should be stationed just outside thetruck to pass any urgent messages to the PCP. The timing
service provider representative at the starting gate often has
a hard-wired communication to the timing unit and TV production team and may also be able to pass messages.
National Commissaires are stationed at strategic spots on
the course. They must immediately inform the PCP of any
rule infraction, in accordance with the applicable radio
procedure.
Because of the noise levels during the event (large crowd
and loud music) Commissaires must be provided with earpieces for their radios. The success of the event depends
on it.

Sports Departement_133

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.4.4. 4X: finish & card procedure
The first two riders crossing the finish line advance to the next round. The other two riders are eliminated.
If the four riders fall or fail to cross the finish line:• The order of arrival is determined by the distance covered by each of the riders.
• The winner of the heat is the one who completed the longest portion of the course.

A Commissaire at the finish line will use a system of red, blue and yellow cards. All decisions must be confirmed by the PCP.
YELLOW CARDBLUE CARD

RED CARD• A yellow card will be shown to riders• A blue card will be shown to riders• A red card will be shown to a rider

who race in an unsafe manner orare intentionally a danger to theircompetitors.

• The yellow card will be the first andfinal warning.

who in some way cause a disadvantage to their competitors or who
gained an unfair advantage.

• This indicates that the rider is relegated.

• Reasons for relegation include riding on or over one of the lines
just after the start, missing a gate
without returning to go around it
properly or causing a false start(see REGULATIONS 4.4.011, 4.4.012
AND 4.4.016).

who is disqualified.

• Without prejudice to the other pro-visions on disqualification, a rider
shall be disqualified on receivinga second card of any colour in thesame event, or for breaching theprinciple of sportsmanship or thecompetitive spirit.

DIAGRAM. Card procedure

Once the finish order has been confirmed and it has been established that no warnings, relegations or disqualifications
are being issued, a Commissaire must direct the two riders advancing to the next round back to the start as promptly as
possible. If a lift is not available, there will usually be pick-up trucks (or other similar methods of transportation) to bring
the riders back to the start. Eliminated riders are invited to leave the finish area.
In the finals, the men ride after the women. The women’s “small” final (places 5 to 8) is followed by the women’s “big”
final. Then the men’s “small” final (places 5 to 8) is held and finally the men’s “big” final.
The award ceremony takes place as soon as possible after the race.

4.3.4.5. XCE: general principles and sporting control
The general format of XC Eliminator is the same as that for
4X. There is a qualifying round (an individual time trial on
the course) which reduces the field to either 32 (heats of 4)
or 36 (heats of 6) riders. The riders’ number plates are reassigned to reflect the finishing order of the qualifying round.
The heats are drawn up on the same principle as 4X: theoretically the best two riders in the qualifying round would notmeet until the final. The exact process for establishing theheats is found in Annex 5 (36 riders) and Annex 6 (32 riders)of the UCI Mountain Bike Regulations.
However, there are some nuances compared with 4X events,
other than the fact that XCE is a cross-country event and nota gravity event (see section 4.5 of this guide on XCE courses
and event format).

Sports Departement_134

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

THE STARTFor XCE events, it is important to have enough Commissaires
in the staging/warm-up area to prepare and stage the riders.
XCE events are run quickly – so this is important. During thequalifying time trial round, Commissaires need to actively encourage the riders to line up in the order of the start list. As
the start interval is usually 15 to 30 seconds, it is important tobe efficient. Just behind the start Commissaire, another Commissaire takes up a position to keep track of the start list andinform the starter of any missing riders so that gaps can be
maintained.
During the main event, a Commissaire is charged with monitoring the radio and updating a copy of the race grid with theresults of the last race, so that the composition of the next
rounds of racing can be quickly determined. This is a task thatis sometimes best given to the secretary or his or her assistant.
Other Commissaires are then charged with organising the riders for the next heat. Normally, the riders in the next heat
enter the start area and begin preparing themselves immediately after the previous heat has started.
A gate is not used at the start. Instead, a starting grid is drawn
on the ground, and the starts are done either with one footdown, or using holders. A key job of the starter is to watch for
false starts (and also to try to discourage false starts by themethod of starting).

The start procedure for XCE is as follows:
1. The riders in the heat choose their starting position in order of race number (lowest to highest).
2. When the riders are in position (whether with one foot down or supported by holders) with the leading edgeof their front wheels a short distance behind the starting line (approximately 10 centimetres to accommodate
different wheel sizes and give some room for error), the starter’s call proceeds as follows:1.

Riders Ready!

2.

Attention!

DIAGRAM. XCE start proceduresSports Departement_135

3.

Gun fires to start
the race(or whistle blows)TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSWhen the start Commissaire is ready to begin the start
procedure, he or she should first make sure that the riders
are prepared – meaning that they are all present, with theirfront wheels correctly placed and that they have one orboth feet clipped in to their pedals (depending on whether
there are holders or not). After the first part of the starter’scall, “Riders Ready!”, the starter should then delay a little
to ensure that the riders really are ready, closely watching
their body language. If a rider does not appear ready, heor she may not have heard the starter (if not using a public
address system, the starter needs to shout loudly to ensurethat everyone hears him). When the starter says “Attention!”he should be watching the front wheels and be prepared tofire the gun (or blow the whistle) to start the race.
After the call “Attention!” it is important to try to sound the start as quickly as possible to minimise the chances of a false
start (a gun is better than a whistle for this; or, possibly a different Commissaire just behind and out of sight of the riders
could blow the whistle instead).
If after the call “Attention!” a rider begins rolling forward, the starter should fire the gun or blow the whistle immediately.
However, if the leading edge of the offending rider’s front wheel cuts the start line before the gun or whistle is sounded,then a false start has occurred. In this case, if it is possible to stop the race before the riders have gone too far (more than
100m or so), then stop the race, eliminate the offender (relegated to last place) and restart the heat with the remaining
riders. If stopping the riders is not possible, allow the race to finish and then relegate the offender to last place.
NOTE
During World Cup events and World Championships, Swiss Timing provides a false-start detection system. The startCommissaire (if unfamiliar with the system) should practice with it for a few minutes prior to the event.

MANAGING THE RACE
Once the race has started, the general principles are the same as for any other XC event. Riders must allow faster riders toovertake and at no point deliberately obstruct. If enough Commissaires are present, some are placed around the course.
Corners tend not to figure as prominently in XCE races as
in 4X races. However, there are sometimes sections of thecourse that might serve the same purpose: “pinch-points”,
where only one or two riders at a time can pass. These sections should be watched closely to ensure that the conductof the riders is fair and that there is no intentional contact
intended to injure or put another rider at a disadvantage.
If this does happen, either relegation or disqualification isappropriate.
For major events, as with 4X, a Commissaire is usually placedin the TV unit to watch the entire race and rule on the
conduct of the riders during the race.
Normally the PCP serves as the starter and the APCP is maderesponsible for managing what happens on the course. Thisis because the possibility of false starts is significant and instant decisions are needed.

Sports Departement_136

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTHE FINISH
At the finish line, the same process as for 4X is generally followed, that is confirming the riders who advance over theradio. However, at the time of writing this guide, the card system is not used. As the start and finish are very close together, the riders who advance should immediately return to the start area.
Because XCE is a sprint event, the format of some courses
may make the final sprint very important to the outcome. Itis essential that the finish judge is in a position to judge thefinal sprint to ensure that it is fair and safe, i.e. that the leading rider doesn’t prevent an overtaking rider from passing.
Again, should this happen, relegating the offending rider
from the position that he caused the other rider involved tolose is usually the appropriate penalty.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the 4X event format including:- The qualifying round,- The procedure to complete the grid used to
manage the final rounds of the event.

• Describe the 4X radio protocol.
• Describe the 4X card procedure.
• Explain the main jobs of the Commissaires during 4X• Explain the World Championships 4X format.
• Explain the World Cup/World Championships XCE
Format.

events.

• Describe how the start is managed in XCE events.
• Explain the distribution of Commissaire tasks for XCE
events.

• Describe the start procedure for XCE.
• Explain the penalties that may be imposed in XCE
events.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Ensure that there are enough Commissaires• Do not begin the race without first testing theand/or volunteers to run the event efficiently,
especially the start. Make sure that volunteers
used in place of Commissaires are suitablytrained.
• Agree within the Commissaires’ panel andwith the TD and TV production company how
false starts (if any) will be handled.

Sports Departement_137

start system to ensure that riders can hear thestart instructions and the whistle.
• Do not allow a rider who might have missed
his or her start to start in a different heat (onethat might have only 3 riders); this will ruin theseeding of the event.
• Do not permit a discussion of Commissaires’decisions on race incidents; if theCommissaires believe a relegation or disqualification is appro-priate, stick to this verdict.
Decisions must be made quickly and firmly. If
there is an element of doubt, then it is best
not to issue a penalty.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.5.
SPORTING CONTROL TASKS – ENDURO EVENTSSports Departement_138

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSCH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.3.5.1. Enduro: format

minimum 3 timed
stagesTIMED STAGES

minimum 10 minutes
cumulative timeof all timed stages

minimum 2 different
courses forthe timed stages

ENDUROLIAISON STAGES

no restrictionsA) mechanical uplift orB) pedalling orC) combination of both

DIAGRAM. Enduro format
New to the UCI Rulebook in 2014, Enduro events are essentially downhill stage races (Enduro events are dealt with in ARTICLES 4.4A.001 – 4.4A.020). They consist of a series of timed
stages that are connected by “liaison” stages (not timed). A
general classification is created from the accumulated timesof all the timed stages.
Enduro events must consist of at least 3 timed stages, totalling at least 10 minutes duration (cumulative time of all timed
stages). A minimum of 2 different courses for the timed stages
must be used. Courses should be generally descending witha variety of terrain and can include some short flat or uphillsections.
There are no restrictions concerning the liaison stages; they may consist of mechanical uplift or pedalling or a combination of both. However, all riders must respect the mode of transport for each liaison stage that is required by the technicalguide.
The technical guide is very important; it defines all of the specific regulations, schedules and descriptions of the liaison
stages. Also, the organisation must supply all riders with a map of the event, including the stages, as well as contact information for the emergency medical services.
The organisation must allow sufficient time for riders to train on the courses for all timed stages.

Sports Departement_139

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

Enduro courses must be marked so that it is impossible forriders to leave the course accidentally. Hard to define areas
may be marked with slalom style gates (as defined by the
UCI MTB Regulations); within such sections riders must passbetween the gates.
It should be noted that Enduro races are new; the discipline
will probably continue to evolve over the next few years as
it matures. It will take some time to decide the best sporting control procedures for this discipline as we learn more
about how the races work and what aspects of them are important to control.
Therefore what follows are suggestions and should not betaken as “rules”. Most important at this stage is that Commissaires are sufficiently flexible and thoughtful in their approach and work with the organisation and riders to provide
effective sporting control according to the needs of the event.
Before acting or making a demand of the riders or organisation, always ask yourself whether or not it is important within
the context of the existing regulations and the fair conduct of
the race. Do not automatically apply a procedure just because
it is something that is accepted in another MTB race type or
because you feel like you “should be doing something”.

4.3.5.2. Enduro: the start and finish
The process used to manage the timed stages of Enduro events is similar to that used for DHI events; riders start individually and race against the clock. However, there are some key differences:• The start interval can vary, but there must be at least 20 seconds between riders.
• Due to the nature of Enduro and the liaison stages, riders are permitted to start as long as they are within the
period of time allowed for starts for that particular stage.

• Backup timing should be done at both the start and finish of each timed stage.

4.3.5.3. Enduro: the race
During the race, riders must follow the course as defined by the organisation. This includes staying within boundaries
defined by marking tape or by the slalom style gates defined by the UCI MTB Regulations. This is monitored by both
marshals and Commissaires who are not in stationary positions but who move along the course as the race progresses.
Also, the normal rules of conduct for MTB races apply – slower riders must allow faster riders to pass as soon as possible
without obstruction.

EXAMPLES. Installed gates and course taping

Sports Departement_140

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.3. DURING THE RACE II SPORTING CONTROL TASKS

4.3.5.4. Enduro: technical assistanceA technical assistance zone is provided for the use of the riders; outside technical assistance may only be received in thiszone. Furthermore, riders must finish the race with the same frame, front and rear suspension units and wheels that they
started the race with. This equipment is marked by the Commissaires before the event begins and is checked at the finish.
Equipment may only be changed with approval and a 5-minute time penalty is applied.

4.3.5.5. Enduro: protest
The Enduro regulations permit the PCP to consider and act upon a complaint against a rider from two or more other riders (provided they are from different teams). However, it is wise for the PCP to conduct his or her own investigation intosuch complaints and make his or her own decision.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the format of Enduro events.
• Describe how Enduro events are managed by the Commissaires.
• Describe how technical assistance applies to Enduro events.
• Describe how Enduro courses are marked.
• Explain how protests may be made in Enduro events.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Review the technical guide carefully to learn• Do not blindly apply sporting control proce-about the procedures used to manage the race.
• Work with the organiser to provide effective sporting control without being overly
demanding.

Sports Departement_141

dures from other types of MTB races before
deciding whether or not it is really necessary.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.4. THE FINISH

4.4. THE FINISH
The finish is one of the key technical zones in all MTB races. It is designed to serve several functions:• To create a protected, controlled zone for the riders to finish the race. Spectators are kept out of the zone but
have a good view of the action.

• To provide a sheltered workspace for the finish judges and timekeepers.
• To provide space for timekeeping and photo-finish equipment to be set up.
• To provide an area with controlled access for photographers as they await the first riders.
• To provide a safety/braking zone for riders to slow down after crossing the finish line.
• For multiple lap races, such as XCO, to provide a transition zone at the end of one lap into the start of the next.
4.4.1.
FINISH AREA SETUPThe UCI Mountain Bike Regulations describe the dimensions and requirements for the setup of the finish area.
• For XC races: ARTICLES 4.2.030 – 4.2.034

Sports Departement_142

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017• For DH & 4X races: ARTICLES 4.3.009 – 4.3.010

The intent of these regulations is to ensure that:• wide enough,The finish area is• long enough,• sufficiently equipped with protective fencing.

Sports Departement_143

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.4. THE FINISH

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.4. THE FINISH

The finish line itself must be marked on the ground.
UCI REGULATIONS - ARTICLE 1.2.099
The finish line shall comprise a line of 4 cm in width, painted in black on a white strip […]. For mountain bike races
the white strip must be 20 cm, thus leaving 8 cm on each side of the black line.

WHITE LINE
8 CM

BLACK LINE
4 CM

WHITE LINE
8 CM

DIAGRAM. Format of a MTB finish line

Also, a finish banner must be suspended over the finish line (though not on an inflatable arch without supports in casepower is lost).
The design of the finish zone after the finish line should facilitate the work of the media and the Commissaires, including
the finish judge. It is also important to make sure that an area is set aside for the photographers. The photographers’ area
is usually marked by paint or traffic cones about 20-30m past the finish line (for XC races). The area may be marked by asingle diagonal line starting from one side of the course, with a 2-3m wide passage to allow the riders through on theother side of the course. Alternatively, a ‘V’ shape is formed from two diagonal lines, starting from both sides of thecourse, with a 2-3m wide space in the middle to allow the riders to pass.
For XC events, an area for the team managers/soigneurs isnormally provided some distance behind the line of photographers. This is usually subject to security controls. It is important that an exit is provided so that the lead bike can quickly leave the finish area and go back out to sweep the course.
The technical delegate (TD) is responsible for setting up thefinish area. The TD is also responsible for the supervision of all
those working in the area, to ensure that no problems occur.
The PCP usually also takes up a position in the finish area,
at around the time that the finish judge expects the winnerto arrive, in order to help judge the final sprint and maintaincontrol of the finish area once the riders begin to arrive. It isalso important that the PCP is available to the riders and teammanagers immediately after the race in case there have been
any incidents which might require the PCP’s intervention, especially if concerning podium places.
For DHI and 4X events, the area outside the fence is usually reserved for photographers. Photographers are generally not allowed inside the fence in order to keep the area clear for safety
reasons (due to the high speed of the riders at the finish andthe possibility that a rider might lose control of his or her bike).
For DHI events, the hot seat can be located in a safe place inthe finish area, if possible in a corner or off to one side, close
to the finish area exit.

Sports Departement_144

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.4. THE FINISH

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the UCI Regulations concerning the setup of
the finish area for all race types.

• Describe the responsibilities of the TD with respect topreparing the finish area for the media.

• Explain the duties of the PCP at the finish of XC events.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Brief the Commissaires working around the• Do not allow people without the correct accre-

finish line to ensure they keep out of the viewof photographers and TV cameras along thesides of the finish area.
• Ensure that the finish area complies with theregulations as far as possible, while accepting that it might not be feasible for all
aspects to exactly comply – e.g. the dimensions of the finish line.

Sports Departement_145

ditation to have access to the finish zone.
Enough space must be available for thephotographers to do their work and toensure the fairness and safety of the finish
for the riders.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.1.
SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF XC RACES

4.5.1.1. Cross-country (XC) races
Cross-country is the endurance discipline of MTB racing. It is also the discipline that has the most different competition
types. The most practiced form is Cross-country Olympic (XCO).
This section of the guide begins by describing the format of XCO races, because the same sporting control methods are
generally used for most of the other XC race types. After this, a section on each of the other types of XC race follows.

4.5.1.2. XC race course
The regulations governing the layout, length and features of XC courses are found in Part 4 of the UCI Regulations,“Mountain Bike Races”. In particular the following articles apply:
UCI REGULATIONS - PART IV• General course parameters applicable

4.1.024
4.1.025
4.1.040
4.1.0424.1.043• Course length by race type4.2.001 - 4.2.010• Course design and marking

4.2.016 - 4.2.029• Start, finish and feed/technical4.2.030 - 4.2.039

to all MTB race types

Clearly defined course before the start
Course properly and safely marked before official training
Inflatable arches
Course totally separate from all other events
Obstacles in start and finish zones

assistance zones

The race courses should match the parameters set down in the UCI MTB Regulations as closely as possible. The technicaldelegate is mainly responsible for approving the race courses and installations, with input from the PCP, especially where
sporting control matters are concerned. However, at most races the PCP also carries out the role of technical delegate.
Much of the work of the event organiser involves designingand preparing the race course(s). If some aspects of thecourse do not observe the parameters specified by the UCI
MTB Regulations, the technical delegate (or PCP) must workwith the organiser to try to bring those aspects of the course
into compliance to the greatest degree possible. It is important to remain sensitive to the efforts of the organiser in thisregard. If an aspect of the course cannot be brought intofull compliance by the organiser (or if the organiser refuses
to do so) it is often better to accept that some aspects of thecourse do not conform to the regulations and note this in
the race report rather than creating an adversarial situation
which will make it difficult, if not impossible, to work with theorganisation for the remainder of the event.

Sports Departement_146

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

Naturally, if an aspect of the course (whether it complies with the regulations or not) exposes the riders to unreasonablerisk, then the technical delegate and/or PCP should refuse to accept the course; if the problem cannot be corrected, thenthe race should be cancelled.
THE COURSE – GENERAL ASPECTS
The course must be:• Prepared so as to minimise the risks to an acceptable level (for both athletes and spectators) but should alsopresent a sporting challenge.

• Well marked to avoid riders going off course.
• Able to withstand any kind of weather.
XC courses must comprise differing surfaces, technically demanding areas and narrow single tracks with regular passing
places. Paved road may comprise a maximum of 15% of the total distance of the course. The current regulations should
be consulted as they contain additional details on course design and marking.

A good course design should make it nearly impossible for the riders to take a short-cut and in this way gain an advantage.

4.5.1.3. Cross-Country Olympic (XCO)In XCO, it is important to respect the circuit length and race
duration minimums and maximums (according to categories). These minimums and maximums are described in
ARTICLE 4.2.001 of the UCI MTB Regulations and dependon the class of the event. Double feed/technical assistancezones are recommended (although two single feed/technical assistance zones can be used, if the terrain makes adouble zone impossible).
More important than the exact length of the circuit, are therace times. For example, the minimum and maximum times
for Men and Women Elite for Class 1 events are 1 hour 30 minutes and 1 hour 45 minutes, respectively. Times vary depending on the class of the event.
The ideal XCO race circuit is one that allows the spectators to
see the race unfold over many laps of the course, while keeping the winner’s time within the specified range. Therefore,courses slightly outside the distance limits can be tolerated
if the laps are either very slow or very fast due to the level oftechnical difficulty of the course.

Sports Departement_147

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.1.4. Cross-Country Marathon (XCM)
XCM races are a significant challenge not only for the athletes but also for the TD and Commissaires because it is noteasy to prepare a well-marked course and provide adequate
sporting control on such a long course. The same is true ofstage races, which often incorporate several XCO, XCM or
XCP stages.
ARTICLE 4.2.004 of the UCI MTB Regulations defines theminimum and maximum distances for Cross-country Marathon races.
Races can be run over a single lap or up to a maximum of
three laps of a shorter course. For a single-lap race, thecourse can not include any section to be covered twice (although the start and finish may be located in the sameplace). Also, in the case of multi-lap races, a shorter lap cannot be used for the Women’s category.
Once started, the sporting control of cross-country marathon races involves supervising key points on the course,such as the feed/technical assistance zones and any potentially problematic sections, such as level crossings. Racepassing orders should be kept at these locations. Also, if amarathon race has a ‘cut-off’ time (a time after which all riders who have not yet reached a particular point in the race
are removed from the competition; the organiser may havethis as a specific regulation for the event), this is usually implemented at a F/TA zone.
However, Commissaires can gain valuable information at
marshal points and from the lead and following motorcycles. The organiser of an XCM event usually provides vehicles
so that the Commissaires can travel between various points
on the course.

4.5.1.5. Cross-country Stage Races (XCS)
ARTICLES 4.2.066 to 4.2.080 of the UCI MTB Regulations
describe the technical aspects and competition procedure
for Cross-country Stage Races (XCS). XCS races are run overthree to nine days, with only one stage per day allowed. Anytype of Cross-country event, except XCE (Cross-country Eliminator) races can be used as a stage in a Cross-country
Stage Race.
As with road stage races, riders must complete each stage(according to the specific regulations for the XCS event
noted in the technical guide) in order to be eligible for the
next stage.
Also important to note is that XCS races are assimilated to
XCO; therefore, XCO National and World Champions mustwear their champions’ jerseys in XCS events. Conversely,
marathon champions should not wear their jerseys.
Care must be taken when managing circuit race stages of XCS events. If possible, it is best not to use the 80% rule – because a time must then be calculated for any riders who are pulled out of the race. However, circumstances may makeusing the 80% rule necessary (e.g. due to the length of the course or the amount of single track). If so, the method used
to deal with pulled riders should be defined in the technical guide.
The overall results of mountain bike stage race (XCS) events are called the “general classification”. The general classification (GC) is determined by adding together the finishing times of every rider from all stages and then subtracting any
time bonuses. The GC winner is the rider who completes all the stages in the lowest cumulative time.

Sports Departement_148

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

Some stage races also feature a team classification (although this is not mandatory). The team classification is only open
to UCI ELITE MTB teams, UCI MTB teams and national teams (both women’s and men’s team classifications are drawn up)
and is determined by adding the times of the two best riders of each team in each stage.
In the event of a tie in the general classification of stage races, the fractions of a second from any time trial stages areadded back in to the general classification times for the riders concerned, in this way breaking the tie. If there is no timetrial stage, or the tie still exists, then the place obtained in the last stage ridden is used to break the tie.

4.5.1.6. Cross-country point-to-point (XCP)
ARTICLE 4.2.006 of the UCI MTB Regulations describes the technical aspects of XCP races. The start and finish must be indifferent locations. As with XCS races, XCP races are assimilated to XCO for the purposes of deciding which champions’jerseys must be worn. Sporting control of XCP races is carried out in the same manner as for XCM races.

4.5.1.7. Cross-Country short circuit (XCC)
ARTICLE 4.2.008 of the UCI MTB Regulations describes the technical aspects of XCC (sometimes called “Short Track”)
races. The race duration is 30 to 60 minutes on a circuit that does not exceed 2km in length.
XCC races are organised in basically the same way as XCO races. A crucial element of XCC races is that of managing lapped riders. Due to the short nature of XCC events (2km course or less), using the 80% rule can be difficult, depending
upon the expected lap times, which can sometimes be less than 5 minutes. If the field is large, riders who are in dangerof being lapped should be pulled from the race every lap, to avoid confusion over who the race leaders are. If practical(given the layout of the course), the use of a lead motorcycle can also make it easier to manage the race.
NOTE
When pulling lapped riders in an XCC event, it is important to leave enough riders in the race to have an interesting finish,even if it means having a few riders left in the race who are one or more laps down.

4.5.1.8. Cross-Country time trial (XCT)ARTICLE 4.2.014 of the UCI MTB Regulations describes the technical aspects of XCT races. These races are only held during stage (XCS) races.
For the purposes of sporting control, XCT events are managed like downhill races – riders start individually and are ranked
in order from fastest to slowest race times. If the XCT stage is a team time trial, then the time of the team is taken on thesecond rider to cross the finish line.

Sports Departement_149

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.1.9. Cross-Country team relay (XCR)
As per ARTICLE 4.2.015 of the UCI MTB Regulations, XCR races must be held at MTB World Championships and can beheld at MTB continental championships. The competition format is described in ARTICLES 9.2.032 and 9.2.033 of the UCI
Regulations (Part 9: World Championships).
These races take place over the XCO circuit and are contested
by national teams, who nominate four riders: one Elite Male,one U23 Male, one Junior Male and one Elite Female. Eachrider completes a single lap of the course and relays thenext rider in their team by touching their team-mate’s arm,
jersey or other part of the body. This “relay” takes place inan exchange zone near the start/finish area, specially set up
for this purpose. If a relay is missed, the next team member
cannot leave the exchange zone until the incoming rider returns to complete the relay.
If a team does not have enough riders in the categories
noted above, substitutions may be made as follows:• Men Elite by Women Elite or Men Under-23 or Women
Under-23 or Men Juniors or Women Juniors,• Women Elite by Women Under-23 or Women Juniors,• Men Under-23 by Women Elite or Women Under-23 or
Men Juniors or Women Juniors,• Men Juniors by Women Juniors.
In allowing these substitutions, the principle is that it is better to have more teams competing rather than less.
The starting order of each team and the identity and category of the riders who will participate is decided by the teammanager, who supplies this information to the PCP the day
before the event at the end of the team managers’ meeting.
This starting order should be respected and is made public
only shortly before the start.
The relay is achieved by physical contact between the incoming and outgoing riders. The outgoing rider must
be stationary at the time of contact. Should an incoming
rider have a “near miss” and not make physical contact
with their team-mate in the exchange zone, that rider
should return to their team-mate (taking care not to interfere with other riders who may be entering the exchangezone) to effect the relay. The PCP should be positioned in
the exchange zone during the race to witness the relays(if possible one or more other Commissaires should assist).
For the relay, boxes are constructed using fences, with one
side of the fence for incoming riders and the other side foroutgoing riders. For UCI World Championships, the boxes
are allocated according to the previous year’s result. This arrangement of fences is usually called “the exchange zone”.
Feeding and technical assistance is allowed during team
relays.

Sports Departement_150

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.1.10. Cross-Country Eliminator (XCE)ARTICLES 4.2.010 to 4.2.013, and Annexes 5 and 6 of the
UCI MTB Regulations, describe the technical aspects of
XCE races. The race is held over a short course, 500m to1,000m in length, with the start and finish separated in order to accommodate the fast pace of the event. Passing
room is important, so single track is generally avoided.
However, the course can be very technical to create interest, incorporating such obstacles as stairs (up or down),
drops or bridges.
The format of XCE races is similar to that of 4X. Riders firstcomplete a qualifying individual time trial on the course,
the results of which are used to seed the heats. Either thebest 32 riders (8 heats of 4 riders) or best 36 riders (6 heatsof 6 riders) qualify for the main event, based on the resultsof the time trial.
As with 4X, the riders’ numbers for the time trial begin ateither 33 or 37 (depending upon whether a 32- or 36-rider
main event is chosen), and numbers 1-32 or 1-36 are assigned to the riders who qualify for the main event, in order of the time trial results from fastest to slowest. Withineach heat, the order in which riders choose their place on
the starting line is determined by number plate, from lowest
to highest.
For a 36-rider main event, the best two riders of each six
rider heat advance to two six-rider semi-finals (best two riders of heats 1-3 advance to semi-final 1 and the best two
riders of heats 3-6 advance to semi-final 2). The 1st, 2nd and3rd place riders in each semi-final then advance to a “big”
final, while the 4th, 5th and 6th placed riders from each semi-final advance to a “small” final.
For a 32-rider main event, the best two riders of each four-rider heat advance to the next round, the quarter-finals (fourheats of four riders). The best two rider riders from eachquarter-final then advance to the semi-finals (two heats offour riders). The best two riders from each semi-final advance to a “big” final and the 3rd and 4th placed riders fromeach semi-final advance to a four-rider “small” final.
Places 1-6 (or 1-4 for a 32-rider main event) are determined by the outcome of the big final, 7-12 (or 5-8 for a 32-rider
main event) from the outcome of the small final. The next places are given to riders DNF or DNS in the semi-final. Other
placings are assigned to riders by the round reached, then by the rider’s classification in their heat and then by their race
number. DNF riders are always classified before DNS; in case of multiple DNF or DNS in the same round, the tie-breakeris always the race number.
DNF or DNS riders in the 1st round of the main event are listed without classification. All DSQ riders are also listed withoutclassification. Riders who do not qualify for the main event are not listed in the final classification.
For a 36-rider main event, if fewer than 18 riders complete the qualifying round, the first round of the competition willbe the semi-finals. For a 32-rider main event, if fewer than 24 riders complete the qualifying round, the first round of thecompetition will be the quarter-finals.
In all cases, if fewer than 12 riders are entered for the qualifying round, the competition will not be held.
The race order during the main event is always as follows:• Men Elite until the equivalent Women Elite round is reached, then the first Women’s round is run,
• Women finals: Women “small” final then Women “big” final,• Men finals: Men “small” final then Men ”big” final.

Sports Departement_151

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

Intentional contact by pushing, pulling or other means that causes another competitor to slow down, fall or exit thecourse is not allowed and results in the disqualification of the originator. The Commissaires’ panel can also decide torelegate a rider to a different position than his or her actual finish position in that heat.
NOTE
Riders who are DNF, DNS or DSQ in the semi-finals cannot enter the “small” final.
A start grid is drawn on the ground and riders line up next to each other on the starting line, each with one foot down
(although holders are used in some World Cup events). The riders in each heat choose their start position in the order of
their race number.
The key points regarding sporting control of XCE races are:• T he start: Riders must start at the same time and not before the start signal (whistle or gun). The most appropriate penalty for starting early is relegation. A Commissaire should be appointed as the start Commissaire andgiven sole responsibility for issuing the start signal and judging the start.

•C onduct during the race: Riders must not intentionally block, otherwise impede or interfere with each otheras described above. Usually the penalty for such an offence is disqualification. However, in some cases, relegation may be more appropriate (for example, when deliberate interference only occurs between two riders andnot the entire group of riders racing, such as during an irregular sprint at the finish). Commissaires should beplaced at strategic locations around the course to observe the riders’ behaviour.

• The finish: The finishing order of each heat is the order that the riders cross the finish line.

As with 4X, the best location for the PCP to watch the race is in the TV Production Unit (if the event is televised, such as
during a World Cup). Failing this, a position at the finish line allows the PCP to act immediately if an incident is reported
by one of the Commissaires positioned around the course. In most XCE events, it is unlikely that there is a single locationon the course where the PCP can see most (or all) of the race.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the race course and duration parameters for various types of XC race.
• Describe the finish area setup for XC races.
• Explain the XCR race format.
• Explain the XCE race format.
• Explain how XCS races are run, and how the GC and team classification are drawn up.

Sports Departement_152

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF DOWNHILL (DH) RACES

4.5.2.1. DHI: Course

DESCENDING PROFILEDIFFERENT TYPES OF TRACK

DIFFERENTSECTORSBALANCE BETWEEN• technical sectors• speed sectors• narrow• wide• forest road• fields• rocky

TOLERATED:• short flat sectors• false-flat sectors

DIAGRAM. DH course

The course for a DH race must present a descending profileand differing types of track: narrow and wide tracks, forest
road, fields, rocky sections, etc. There should be a good balance between technical sectors and speed sectors. It is important to stress that DH courses should be designed to test
the technical capabilities of riders more than their pedalling
ability. Uphill sections should not be part of a DH course(although very short flat sections or false-flat sections canbe tolerated).
The course length and duration must be within the regulations (ARTICLE 4.3.006). Only the MTB Commission may
grant permission to hold an international race on a course
where the duration will be shorter than the time allowed in
the regulations. DH courses should be separate from othercourses at the venue. If it is impossible to separate thecourses, the times of the races and training periods should
be different for DH, XC and 4X. In exceptional circumstances, if no other solution is possible, it may be feasible totemporarily shorten the DH course to the point just before
the other course crosses it, as long as there is sufficient timeto practice on the full-length DH course. However, this is alast resort.

Sports Departement_153

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

DH courses must be marked according to the UCI Regulations (or national regulations, if applicable). Straw or hay
bales cannot be used to delineate the course. The organiser
must use poles that do not present a danger to the riders
in the case of crashes. Generally, poles should not splinterif a rider should crash and land on the pole (such as can be
the case with wooden poles). Also, poles should be angledaway from or downhill from the course; in this way, if a rider
lands on a pole, it is unlikely that he or she will be injured.
In areas dangerous to the public, the organiser must use
special course marking, i.e. the A and B zone system (seediagram and pictures).

EXAMPLE. A and B zone

EXAMPLE. Spectators

EXAMPLE. Security zone

Sports Departement_154

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

In dangerous areas, spectators must stand away from thecourse. Zones A and B must be respected under all circumstances. Only duly authorised photographers and camera
operators may stand in the A zone, as well as authorised organisation staff (e.g. course marshals) and Commissaires. At
major events such as World Cups and World Championships,
authorised photographers and camera operators will be issued with media vests bearing the UCI logo. In any case,
if a photographer or other accredited person is acting in adangerous manner or is in a dangerous position, all Commissaires have the authority to demand that they move to adifferent location, or in extreme cases, have them removed,or at least temporarily confiscate their accreditation.

THE START AND FINISH AREAS

START AREA:
minimum width of 1m
maximum width of 2m

START
AND FINISH
AREAS

CoveredBraking zone
of at least 35-50 m
after the line
FINISH AREA:
minimum width of
6m
Braking zone freeof all obstacles

DIAGRAM. DH start and finish areas

START AREA
The start area must be at least 1 metre and no more than 2 metres wide.
The start area must be covered and the ground should feature a non-slip surface; a handrail must be installed.
A flat area should be available near the start where the riders can warm up.

FINISH AREA
The finish area must be at least 6 metres wide.
There should be a braking zone of at least 35 to 50 metres in length after the finish line. This braking zone must be freeof all obstacles.
The finish area must be completely cordoned off from the public and offer adequate protection.

Sports Departement_155

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

The best design for the finish area is in the form of a bowl,
with the minimum distances above respected. However, if
the finish area is on a downhill slope, then more space may
be needed, and in extreme cases, crash protection. Furthermore, the bowl should be designed so that riders must slow
to a near or complete stop before exiting. The hot seat isnormally positioned to the side (out of the way) and near theexit. An area for the media is generally placed at the back of
the bowl along the exit corridor. An area is normally reserved
for team managers along the side of the bowl next to the
hot seat.

Yellow = Stopping zone
Orange = Managers
Red = MediaBlue = Hot seat

4.5.2.2. DHI: event format
The present regulations (UCI REGULATIONS PART 4, CHAPTER 3) allow for two different types of downhill competition.
They are:
1. DHI (DOWNHILL INDIVIDUAL)
A single run format must be used. This involves either:• a qualifying run, also called the qualifying round, following which a predetermined number of riders (established by theevent’s specific regulations) are admitted to the final. The fastest rider of the final is declared the winner (this system isused for the World Cup).

• a seeding run that determines the start order for a single run in which the rider with the fastest time wins.

2. DHM (DOWNHILL MARATHON)
These mass start events are composed of:• a qualifying round – a time trial where a number of riders qualify for the final (the number of riders to qualify is statedby the organiser in the technical guide), this qualifying round also serves to determine the start order of the final.

• a marathon downhill (mass start downhill), where the riders assemble in the start order and start the race as a group(like an XC event).

The organiser must provide detailed information on the event in the technical guide.
In all cases, a failure to start in the seeding run or qualifying round means that the rider concerned will not be allowed tostart in the final.

Sports Departement_156

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe various course parameters for DHI races.
• Describe the layout and placement of A and B zones as well as the people authorised to enter the A zone.
• Explain the various DHI event formats.
• Explain how riders more than 100% slower than the first established time are dealt with in the results of international races.

Sports Departement_157

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.3.
SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF 4X RACES

4.5.3.1. 4X: course
4X is an elimination event between four riders, starting side by side, on the same descending course. The nature of therace sometimes involves unintentional contact between the riders. Such contact is tolerated if, in the view of the Commissaires, the rider has respected the spirit of the race and the principles of fairness and sportsmanship regarding othercompetitors.
A qualifying round must be held, preferably on the same day as the main race.
ARTICLES 4.4.014 – 4.4.020 of the UCI MTB Regulations describe the layout and design of 4X courses.
Important points to consider:• The placement of the “gates”: These are slalom-typegates (triangular flags with two poles, one long and one
short, to fix them to the ground). The purpose of thesegates is to define the path along the course that theriders must take, along with white lines, marking tapeand fences. Generally gates are used to close off theinside of each corner. This is done to stop riders taking
a short-cut across the corner and make it more difficult
for riders to “t-bone” each other. The gates should beplaced by the technical delegate before the first training period. The TD watches the lines that riders takethrough the course during the first practice and thenmakes any necessary adjustments before the next practice. If there is no TD at the 4X race, this responsibility
falls to the PCP in collaboration with the organisation
representative responsible for the 4X course.

• It is important to verify that the starting gate functions
properly before the practice begins. Each practice session should include some time using the starting gate
so that the riders become accustomed to it.

• The Commissaires should walk the course as a team atsome point before the competition (when the course isclosed) in order to identify possible trouble spots during
the racing and to decide on the Commissaires’ positions
around the course. It is also valuable for at least some of
the Commissaires to monitor practice sessions to gather
information in this respect.

• When setting up the start area, it is wise to use barriers or fencing to control access to the starting gate/
ramp. This helps to keep control of this important area
during the competition.

4.5.3.2. 4X: qualifying round
Each rider must complete a timed qualifying run on the course. Any registered rider who fails to participate in the qualifying run will not be allowed to participate in the final. The riders start the timed qualifying run in the order of the start
list. The number of riders entered in the competition determines how many qualify from this initial round (as per UCI
Regulations ARTICLE 4.4.005).

Sports Departement_158

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.3.3. 4X: final round
Once the qualifying round is finished, the handlebar number plates are changed. The start Commissaire shouldhave a cutter of some kind to facilitate this procedure. The
numbers are assigned in order, beginning with number 1
for the rider who had the best qualifying time, and so on.
During each heat, the riders choose their position on thestarting gate in order of the lowest race number (better
time in qualification) to the highest number. The start is
conducted by means of an automated system provided by
the electronic timing service provider.
Should the start gate fail, the PCP will decide whether therace should go ahead in consultation with the technicaldelegate and organiser.
The formula for participation in the rounds after qualification is based on qualifying times in accordance with the regulations. This ensures that the riders with the best and second-best times in the qualifying rounds do not race against eachother before the final.
The president of the Commissaires’ panel is in charge of the 4X race. However, the PCP may request that someone on thepanel with more experience in 4X preside over the race.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the 4X course parameters and event format.

Sports Departement_159

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.4.
OTHER SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.4.1. Specific characteristics of the Mountain Bike World Cup
The regulations governing Mountain Bike World Cup events are found in Part IV of the UCI Regulations, specifically ARTICLES 4.5.001 to 4.5.037. Commissaires should be aware of certain special features of World Cup events, including:•R ace entry: while most international MTB races have no specific entry requirements, entry to World Cup eventsis limited, depending upon the category. World Cup entry is open to members of UCI Elite MTB teams, UCI
MTB teams and national teams. The specific details are described in ARTICLE 4.5.003. Furthermore, entry is
only possible via the UCI online registration system by either the UCI team or National Federation of the riders
concerned. Direct entry with the organiser, acceptable for other events, is not allowed.

•X CO event start order: as per ARTICLE 4.5.015, start order is by category, determined according to the top 16
of the most recent World Cup ranking, followed by riders in the most recent UCI ranking and then by drawing
lots.

	
•D
 HI event start order: as per ARTICLE 4.5.021, the start order in the qualifying round or seeding run is determined first using the most recent World Cup ranking (top 80 Men Elite, top 15 Women Elite and top 10 Men/
Women Juniors), then by UCI ranking and then by drawing lots (elite riders only). For Juniors, unclassified riders
are started by rotation, according to the system described in the regulation. All the Junior Women who started
in the seeding run are qualified for the finals.
		- The best 80 Men Elite, 15 Women and 20 Men Junior qualify for the final (as per ARTICLE 4.5.027)
from the qualifying round or seeding run, in addition to the protected top 20 Men Elite and top
10 Women Elite in the most recent World Cup ranking, who automatically qualify for the final even
if they do not place in the top 80 (Men Elite) or top 15 (Women Elite) in the qualifying round (seeARTICLE 4.5.031).

4.5.4.2. Specific characteristics of continental championships

Competitors:
national teams only

Continental
championships
Participation: only national
teams from countries that are
members of the continental
confederation

DIAGRAM. Specific characteristics of continental championships
The special regulations governing continental championships are found in Part X of the UCI Regulations. Continental
championships are generally run in the same way as races on the international calendar, with the following special features:
1. As with the World Championships, the continental championships are contested solely by national teams. As a result,
all riders participating must wear the national team uniform ( jersey and shorts for XCO and jersey for DHI and 4X). This
includes national and world champions – they must wear national team jerseys in continental championships.
2. Only teams from countries that are members of the continental confederation hosting the championships are
eligible to participate. So, for example, a team from Canada would not be allowed to participate in the European MTB
Championships.
Also, the UCI appoints the PCP and a technical delegate for the MTB continental championships, whereas the CADF
appoints the Doping Control Officer. The UCI may also opt to appoint some or all of the other members of the Commissaires’ panel.
Sports Departement_160

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS

4.5.4.3. Specific characteristics of World Championships

Competitors:
national teams only

World
Championships
Disciplines:
XCO, DHI, 4X,
XCE, XCR, XCMDIAGRAM. Specific characteristics of World Championships
The regulations governing the World Championships are found in Part IX of the UCI Regulations.
Special regulations that apply to the World Championships include the following:
1. World Championships are contested by national teams only. As a result, all participating riders must wear thenational team uniform ( jersey and shorts for XCO and jersey for DHI and 4X).
2. The specialties and titles recognised at MTB World Champion-ships are described in ARTICLES 9.2.030 and
9.2.031.
		- In summary, the specialties recognized are: XCO, DHI, 4X, XCE, XCR and XCM. Typically the WorldChampionship events of all specialties except XCM are held at the same time, although the gravity
specialties and non-marathon XC specialties have been held on consecutive weekends since 2012.
3. The number of riders that each national team can enter for each specialty and category depends upon the
ranking of that nation in the specialty and category concerned. This information is found in ARTICLES 9.2.034
and 9.2.035. The method used to determine the nations ranking is found in ARTICLE 9.2.036.
		- G
enerally, each nation may also enter 2 “reserve” riders for each specialty and category.
		- T
he riders who will take the start (whether the riders initially nominated or one or more of the reserves)must be confirmed to the Commissaires’ panel no later than noon on the day before the race for the
specialty and category in question (as per ARTICLE 9.2.007).
4. Except in cases of an act of God, National Federations (and riders) who are confirmed to participate in a WorldChampionship are obliged to take part. The only acceptable excuse for a rider not to start is being deemed
medically ineligible by the UCI doctor appointed for the World Championship in question. Should a rider who
is not so excused fail to start, a significant fine is applied. ARTICLES 9.2.005 and 9.2.008 apply.
NOTE
Confirmed means that the licence and passport have been shown and the race numbers have been collected.
5. T he race start order (call-up order for XCO events) for each specialty and category at the MTB World Championships is described in ARTICLES 9.2.038 – 9.2.040
For each MTB World Championship, the UCI appoints the PCP, the members of the Commissaires’ panel, the technicaldelegate(s), a UCI doctor and the Doping Control Officer.

Sports Departement_161

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.5. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.5.4.4. Specific characteristics of the Olympic Games

Summer Olympic
Games

19 years or older

Summer Youth
Olympic Games

Junior category
in the year of the Games

Olympic
Games

DIAGRAM. Specific characteristics of Olympic GamesThe special regulations governing the cycling disciplines thatare part of the Olympic Games are found in Part XI of the UCI
Regulations.
As of 2010, the UCI has participated in two different versionsof the Olympic Games: the Summer Olympic Games and theSummer Youth Olympic Games. As with World Championships,
the Olympic Games are only contested by national teams. Therefore, the riders must wear the official Olympic uniform ( jersey and shorts) of their National Olympic Committee.
Participants in the Olympic Games must be 19 or older in the year of the Games. Participants in the Youth Olympic Games
must be in the Junior category in the year of the Games (ARTICLE 11.1.003).
As with the World Championships, there is a time limit by which national teams must confirm the riders who will start
the race to the Commissaires’ panel. For the Olympic MTB events, this deadline is noon on the day before the race inquestion (ARTICLE 11.1.002).
The mountain bike competitions of the Olympic Games shall be run according to UCI Regulations for XCO events. However, all competitions in the Olympic Games are also subject to the regulations of the International Olympic Committee(IOC) which mainly concern the ethical responsibilities of participants and issues concerning manufacturers’ branding ofclothing and equipment.
The UCI appoints the technical delegate, UCI doctor and International Commissaires for the Olympic Games. Doping
control at the Olympic Games comes under the responsibility of the IOC.
LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Describe the jersey and shorts that must be wornat continental championships and World Championships.

• Explain the specific characteristics of World Cup events.
•
Explain the specific characteristics of continental
championships.

• Explain the specific characteristics of World Championships.

• Explain the specific characteristics of the Olympic Games.

WHAT TO DO• When appointed as a Commissaire to one of these special types of competitions, always ensure that you review
the most recent regulations before arriving at the event. These regulations may change from year to year.

Sports Departement_162

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

4.6. RACE INCIDENTS
One of the main jobs of the Commissaires is to deal with any race incidents that might occur during the event. As far as
the riders (or other licence holders) are concerned. ARTICLE 12.1.010 of the regulations defines race incidents:
UCI REGULATIONS – ARTICLE 12.1.010
Race incidents shall be all offences as are designated as such in the Regulations as well as any
behaviour at variance with the Regulations occurring during the race and not specifically penalised.

However, race incidents can also be defined as any sort of exceptional circumstance affecting the race – for example,
suppose an XCM course passes over a level crossing; if the barriers were to close during the event due to a train passing,
this would also qualify as a race incident. Basically a race incident is any sort of behaviour or circumstance that occurs
which is not considered a normal part of the race, or which infringes upon an article of the regulations or technical guide.
The process used by the Commissaires to make decisions concerning race incidents is the following:
1. Collect as much information as possible about what happened. It is also important to decide upon the reliability
and degree of bias present in such information; for example, a report from an experienced Commissaire should
carry much more weight than the complaint of a team manager or rider.

2. Consider any relevant regulations or provisions of the event technical guide.

3. Discuss the situation with the Commissaires’ panel, especially if the circumstances are unfamiliar or unclear.

4. W
 eigh the impact of the situation on the outcome of the race; was an advantage unfairly gained (or were one ormore other riders unfairly disadvantaged)?

5. In cases where one or more riders may be penalised, is there any significant doubt about what occurred? If so,a penalty should generally not be given (for example, if a small group of riders all go off course but nobody
gains an advantage).

6. The PCP then takes the advice of the panel and announces a decision.

DIAGRAM. Decision-making process in the case of race incidents

Sports Departement_163

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

In all cases, it is important that the Commissaires’ panel makes a decision, issued through the PCP. The fundamental taskof the Commissaires’ panel is to interpret the race situation and make an appropriate decision that considers any relevant
regulations while taking into account the advantage gained (if any).
In practice, the PCP is ultimately responsible for deciding on race incidents with input from the members of the Commissaires’ panel. Many race incidents are fairly commonplace and the resulting procedure or penalties are well known toall. Thus if the PCP receives a report from a Commissaire or witnesses a race incident, he or she may often decide upon acourse of action without the need to debate the incident with the Commissaires’ panel.
A good example of this is deciding whether or not a rider leaving the official course should be disqualified (the determining factor is whether the rider gained an advantage or not). However, if the circumstances of the incident are unusual,the Panel should definitely be consulted.
As per 12.2.005 and 12.2.006, the Commissaires’ panel may pass judgment on any offence of which it becomes aware up
to the moment that the Panel disbands. However, the Commissaires may judge the matter only if the offending party has
had a chance to defend his or her point of view or if, being present when summoned, fails to respond.
As per 12.2.007, decisions handed down by the Commissaires’ panel are final and not open to appeal.
In practice, these three articles give the Commissaires’ panel the authority (and responsibility) to apply penalties should
he/she become aware that it is necessary to do so, up until the Commissaires leave the venue after the race. This even applies after the results are declared final, providing that the offender can still be notified (e.g. suppose evidence of an incident normally requiring the disqualification of a rider is discovered after the podium ceremony). In such a case, the results
would have to be adjusted and published again along with a communiqué describing the circumstances of the penalty.

4.6.1.
SHORTCUTTING THE COURSEOne of the most basic race incidents that can occur in any mountain bike race involves not completing the full distanceof the course. There are many ways this can occur. Some examples are:A rider taking a wrong turn during an XCM race and not completing the full race distance.

A DHI rider cutting a corner where the course tape has been broken.

A 4X rider not completely passing around one of the “gates” on the course.

An XCO rider crashing and not returning to the course at the point where he or she left it.

DIAGRAM. Possible shortcuttings
Sports Departement_164

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

The key factor in whether or not to disqualify such riders is to decide whether the act of a rider leaving the course and not
returning to the same point from which he or she exited gave the rider an advantage (except for 4X, where the procedure
for missing a gate is specifically described by the 4X regulations).
Generally, ARTICLE 4.1.035 of the UCI Regulations applies in this type of situation.

4.6.2.
COURSE BLOCKAGES
Course blockages can occur in several different ways in mountain bike races. The response of the Commissaires depends
upon the type of race and the nature of the blockage.
The most common kind of course blockage that MTB Commissaires have to deal with occurs when there is a major crashduring a DHI race. When this happens, the PCP orders the red flag marshals above the location of the crash to wave
their red flags. This should cause the riders affected to stop racing and proceed to the finish line to ask for a restart. This
procedure is a normal part of DHI races.

Major crash

Red flags above
the locationof the crash

Stop riders

COURSEBLOCKAGEDIAGRAM. Course blockage

Less common types of course blockages that might occur include:• An XCM course passing over a level crossing.

		- See the “level crossing procedure” in the Road section of the UCI Regulations (ARTICLES 2.3.034 and2.3.035). Note that in order to execute this procedure, the Commissaires must be aware of the levelcrossing and plan to have a member of the panel stationed there until at least the main part of the
field has crossed the railway tracks.

• A sudden unforeseen course blockage, such as a quickly rising river, a collapse of some part of the course or apolitical demonstration.

		- All that can be done is to respond to the situation according to the particular circumstances. In suchsituations, if the riders are stopped, then the race is usually neutralised. In the case of a point-to-point
race, it would probably mean that the race would be cancelled. In most cases, it probably will not be
possible to restart the race.

		- Some time may pass between the event that leads to the course blockage and the Commissaires
becoming aware of the exact circumstances.

Sports Departement_165

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

4.6.3.
VARIOUS INFRINGEMENTS
There are many possible ways that riders or other licence holders could violate the UCI or NF regulations, or the specificregulations of the technical guide.
Some such infringements are specifically punished by the UCI Regulations, while others are not. It is generally left to theCommissaires’ panel to weigh up the circumstances and then decide on an appropriate penalty, if any.
Some examples of common infringements and the appropriate (or required) penalty follow.
TABLE. Various infringements
INFRINGEMENTSANCTION

Rider turns around on the course to return to a recently passed feed/technical assistance zone.

As per ARTICLE 4.2.044, the required penalty is disqualification.

A team staff member runs beside one of his or her
riders in the feed/technical assistance zone.

Possible penalties range from a verbal warning forthe staff member, a fine, all the way up to having
the offending staff member removed from the feed/technical assistance zone and accreditation taken
away. Which of these options is chosen depends
upon the severity of the offence, whether or not it interfered with any other teams and, perhaps, whether
or not it is a first or repeat offence.

A team staff member or any other person is found tohave provided technical assistance to a rider outside
the feed/technical assistance zones.

As per ARTICLE 12.1.040 – POINT 51 the required
penalty is disqualification.

A rider cuts the handlebar number plate without
permission.

Normally, a small fine is applied (as per ARTICLE
12.1.040), although a warning could do instead if theoffence is not severe.

A rider, manager or other licence holder fails to obey
the instructions of the Commissaires.

Normally, a fine is applied (up to 200 euros, though
the amount depends on the circumstances).

A rider arrives in the call-up box wearing a radio earpiece or using any other illegal equipment (e.g. compression leggings).

Start refused unless the offending equipment/clothing is removed. If it is noticed after the fact (e.g. ina feed zone or at the finish line), then disqualification
is appropriate.

REASONS FOR IMMEDIATE DISQUALIFICATION:• Obstruction and dangerous behaviour by a rider.
• Assault on a rider, official or third party.
• Rider deliberately taking a short cut.
• In the event of an accidental departure from the course, the rider not returning to the course at the point where
he or she left it, if the PCP is certain that the rider gained an advantage in this way.

• During a sprint, a rider pulling a competitor’s jersey or making a competitor fall.
• Rider removing helmet during event.
• Irregular material assistance.
• Irregular repairs.
• Rider alters the course.
NOTE
Other situations may lead to disqualification.

Sports Departement_166

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

There are many different types of incident that can occur at any time, but vigilance and rapid intervention can limit the
number of infringements.
Also, a clear discussion of issues during the team managers’ meeting can limit the number of “dangerous” situations andhelp prevent infringements.

4.6.4.
STOPPING OR NEUTRALISING THE RACE

Unfortunately, exceptional race situations can sometimes
lead the Commissaires, in consultation with the event director, to stop, neutralise, restart, or cancel the event. The
standings at the moment the race was stopped may beconsidered as final.
These extreme situations may occur for a variety of reasonsthat may or may not be predicted, such as:• The course becoming unusable due to sudden severe
weather.

• Various events or demonstrations blocking the race.
• The safety of the riders no longer being guaranteed forall sorts of reasons (darkness, or immediately dangerous
weather such as a severe thunder/lightning storm etc.).

• A lack of medical assistance (e.g. if in a DH race theambulance and the doctor leave the race to carry a rider to the hospital and medical care can no longer beguaranteed).

The best possible decision must be taken depending on the circumstances. There must always be consultation with therace director and possibly the team managers.
It is important to note that whether or not a race can be immediately stopped depends upon the kind of race. Of course,
DHI, 4X or XCE races can be halted immediately and the participants can return to an area of safety or shelter in a very
short period of time. However, XC races can often not be stopped immediately or easily. During circuit races, such as XCO
events, riders can be stopped from going out on another lap at the finish line; whereas in point-to-point events, a location on the course, perhaps one of the feed/technical zones, can be chosen for this purpose.
Another method for circuit races, if appropriate, is to shorten the event by becoming more aggressive in the applicationof the 80% rule. This may be a possibility if the conditions are not yet particularly severe but are steadily worsening.
NOTE
Commissaires must accept that mountain bike racing is a discipline that takes place in all kinds of weather. Cancellationof a race in progress is only considered if the course becomes suddenly unusable, or if the safety of the participants is put
in severe jeopardy by an unexpected event such as a sudden severe storm. Conditions that are merely “unpleasant” arenot obstacles to continuing or starting a race. Of course, if the PCP feels that continuing the race subjects the safety of theriders and other personnel to an unacceptably high risk, then he or she should consult with the organiser and technicaldelegate and stop the race. Better this than bear the responsibility for the possible consequences of not doing so.

Sports Departement_167

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.6. RACE INCIDENTS

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National Commissaires and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain what is meant by the term “race incident”.
• Describe the process used by the Commissaires to deal with race incidents.
• Describe some reasons why a rider might be immediately disqualified.
• Explain how best to stop or neutralise various types of race.
• Describe some circumstances that might require a race to be stopped.
• Describe how to use the table of infringements (ARTICLE 12.1.040) found in Part XII, Discipline and Procedures.
• Explain the role of the PCP in deciding and implementing penalties.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Follow a good decision-making process –• Do not make difficult or unusual decisions

collect as much information as possible,
consult with the Commissaires’ panel orother affected parties as time (or the situation) allows and then make a decision.
•Document all decisions and incidents at
variance with the regulations of the “normal” running of a race in the race report.
•
Be willing to discuss the decisions of theCommissaires’ panel with others if asked to
do so.

Sports Departement_168

alone if there is an opportunity to consult
with other relevant parties.
• Do not avoid making a necessary decisionsimply because the outcome might bemomentarily unpleasant. As a Commissaire,
your role is to fairly arbitrate the race andapply the regulations that are most relevantto the situation.

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.7. RADIO PROTOCOL

4.7. RADIO PROTOCOLRadio is an essential, powerful means of communication for running an event; however, whether it is an efficient tool
serving all those involved in the race depends on how it is used.
Certain principles need to be respected:• All radio users must identify themselves in a clear andcareful manner.

• There should be no unnecessary use of the radio so thatthe frequency remains available to relay priority situations.

• Use appropriate, clear and firm language but never be
discourteous or demeaning towards the people involved.

• Language – speak in French or English and the local
language. Use short sentences, repetition and a slow
speech pattern to facilitate understanding among all
race followers irrespective of their nationality.

• Relay important information at least twice, calmly andclearly; always ensure that the information has been received.

• During long broadcasts, leave ‘gaps’ so that any urgent
announcement regarding riders or safety can be made.

NOTE
A channel reserved for the use of Commissaires must be made available.
It is of vital importance that only information related to the event is transmitted over the radio: going ‘off-topic’ could discredit your professionalism and expertise. Also, to the greatest degree possible, particularly sensitive information should
not be discussed over the radio. Instead, it is better to use the radio to coordinate a meeting or mobile phone call so thatthe details are not broadcast for everyone to hear on an open channel.

Sports Departement_169

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.8. MEDIA/PRESS

4.8. MEDIA/PRESS
It should be no surprise that mountain bike events can generate great interest among the media. It is important forCommissaires to know how to deal with the media presence
at international races. Media representatives often have access to areas of the race venue not open to the public, suchas the start/finish area and sections of the course.
It is also important to realise that Commissaires are participants in events as well as the riders. As such, they can sometimes be the subject of media scrutiny.

Managing the media is normally the task of the technicaldelegate. Commissaires must collaborate with the TD toprevent dangerous situations that may arise due to the media (in particular photographers can cause problems, either
standing in a dangerous place or perhaps following an XCM
or XCP event on a motorcycle).

Sports Departement_170

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.8. MEDIA/PRESS

4.8.1.
COMMISSAIRES AND THE PRESS – GENERAL EXPECTATIONSFirstly, it is important to be aware of how the UCI expects Commissaires to interact with the press. The following information is taken from the “Code of Conduct for International Commissaires”.

RELATIONS WITH THE PRESS• Do not refuse to give interviews (or participate in a press conference if invited), but do not go looking for themeither.Make sure you only talk about the technical aspects of the race.

• Watch what you say. In an interview, an International Commissaire is representing the UCI. So he must put overa good brand image.

• If necessary appoint a spokesperson (generally the PCP) and agree, within the Commissaires’ panel, on thelines of argument you want to use.

• The press deserve your consideration: give them information within the framework of the ethics of your job.
• Do not play any part in writing press articles about events on which you are working.
The sports media is necessary for the global promotion and development of cycling as a sport. Allowing media representatives the latitude to showcase the sport without interfering materially in the race is an important aspect of theCommissaire’s job.
Of course, should a media person not follow Commissaires’ instructions, or should he or she behave in a way that could
interfere with the sporting conduct of the race, then Commissaires are both authorised (if not duty-bound) to warn thisindividual or even have their accreditation and access to the race removed.

4.8.2.
PRESS ACCESS TO RESTRICTED ZONES
Accredited media personnel (reporters, photographers andcamera operators) are allowed access to restricted zones
that are not open to the general public. These zones are welldefined and controlled for major events such as the WorldChampionships and World Cups, but may be less well defined for other events.
For major events, the UCI representatives decide which media personnel are to be accredited and allowed access torestricted zones and which are not. Media representatives
who are granted access are typically given a UCI media vest,
such as those shown on the left. Other media personnel
have an accreditation badge only.

Sports Departement_171

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 4 - MTB EVENTS
4.8. MEDIA/PRESSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain the procedures concerning media access tonational races held in their country.

• Describe how to work with and monitor the press atinternational races.

• Explain the media bib system used to grant press access to media zones at major events such as World
Cups and World Championships.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Ensure that the organiser has set up a press• Allow unaccredited press (especially without

briefing.
• If a photographer or other media person
is standing or sitting in a dangerous place
along the course, especially in a restrictedzone (even one to which they have access),
explain the danger and ask them to move. Ifthey refuse, contact the organisation’s press
officer for assistance.
• Try to accommodate the media as much asreasonably possible; their ability to tell thestory of the race contributes to the successof the event.

Sports Departement_172

the correct media bib as above) into restricted zones to which they do not have access.

CHAPTER 5

CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT AND
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS© Graham Watson

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

5.1. PRINCIPLES
Commissaires are required to check that the riders’ clothing and equipment comply with the UCI Regulations in
all cases. It is therefore indispensable that Commissaires areaware of the key issues in this respect. This allows them to
be attentive and intervene well before riders start a race inorder to notify them of any unacceptable.

PRINCIPLES• In general: the UCI Regulations make licence holders

responsible for ensuring that the clothing and equipment that they use presents no danger to themselves orothers. Furthermore, the National Federation and theUCI, as well as Commissaires after conducting any
equipment compliance tests, are exempt from liability if
there are any defects or non-conformities of the equipment used by licence holders after the start of an event.
Any checks on clothing or equipment by a Commissaire
are merely performed with a view to confirming that theform of the equipment complies with the UCI Regulations. No specific equipment checks of bicycles are
conducted as part of the procedures for mountain bikeraces. However, Commissaires may refuse any equipment that they consider presents a particular safety hazard or that does not comply with the equipment rules
for MTB events.

• Technical innovations: the UCI Regulations define

technical innovation in equipment and clothing as any
element not falling within the specifications of the UCI
Regulations. For most disciplines – except mountainbike – innovations can only be used with the approvalof the UCI. The Commissaires responsible for equipment compliance must refuse the start of any rider
using any materials or clothing that do not conform to
the UCI Regulations. This is also the case for any equipment that a Commissaire notices is in such poor condition that it obviously presents a danger to that rider
or other riders in the race. In general, the concept of a“technical innovation” does not apply to the mountain bikediscipline (ARTICLE 1.3.004). In principle, MTB is considered to be the “laboratory” of cycling from the point ofview of equipment innovation, providing the principles
in ARTICLES 1.3.001 – 1.3.010 ARE NOT VIOLATED.

Sports Departement_174

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

5.2. CLOTHING COMPLIANCE (ARTICLES 1.3.026 TO 1.3.072)
The UCI Regulations specify both the materials for clothing as well as its appearance. In the face of innovations, overwhich the UCI is seeking to retain control with the objective of ensuring safety and promoting equity among riders, thissection addresses some quite specific subjects. For example, the use of compression clothing in XCO events. Commissaires must be conversant with the UCI Regulations regarding riders’ clothing. For the most part, these regulations arefound in Part I “General Organisation of Cycling as a Sport” of the UCI Regulations. Further specific clothing requirements for MTB races are found in Part IV “Mountain Bike”.
Of particular importance are the articles that describe the duty of national and world champions to wear the distinctive
champion’s jersey. Specifically:
ARTICLE 4.2.013 (XCE national and world champions mustwear their champion’s jersey in XCE events);

ARTICLE 4.2.070 (XCO world and national champion jerseys
must be worn during XCO events and stage races – but not
XCM world and national champion jerseys);

ARTICLE 4.6.007 BIS (XCM world and national champions
must wear their champion’s jerseys in UCI MTB Marathon
Series races).

Sports Departement_175

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Likewise, DHI and 4X world and national champions mustwear the champion’s jersey (or their team jersey with the left
sleeve made to look like the flag of their country, with noadvertising on that sleeve).

WORLD CHAMPION’S CLOTHING AND RAINBOW COLOURS (ARTICLES 1.3.060 TO 1.3.067)• The rainbow design of the world champion’s jersey is the

exclusive property of the UCI (copyright). Any commercial use of the rainbow colours is prohibited.

• The design of the world champion’s jersey is strictly
regulated and the placement of advertising is clearly
defined.

• The world champion may only use such equipment in
events of the discipline, specialty and category in which
he or she won the title.

• Any equipment bearing the rainbow bands must be
submitted to the UCI for approval.

• World champions are obliged to wear their world cham-pion’s jersey at all public appearances (races, podium
ceremonies, press conferences, interviews, photoshoots, etc.).

• The rainbow colours may not be used during the World Championships as the title of world champion is atstake.

• Only the reigning world champion may incorporate
the rainbow colours on his or her equipment (bicycle,
helmet, shoes, etc.).

• All former world champions have the right to incorpo-

rate rainbow piping on the collar and sleeve cuffs of theirjerseys. The former world champion may only wear such
jerseys in events of the discipline, specialty and category
in which he or she won the title. (* Rainbow piping on the
short of a former world champion is forbidden).

• As is the case for the reigning world champion, the jerseys of former world champions featuring rainbow piping must be submitted to the UCI for approval.

• However, apart from rainbow piping on the collar andCorrect

Wrong*

cuffs of a jersey, former world champions do not havethe right to use the rainbow colours on other equipment. In compliance with the provisions of ARTICLES
1.3.056 and 1.3.059, he is not authorized to add the rainbow piping on his national team clothing.

Sports Departement_176

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

NATIONAL CHAMPION’S CLOTHING (ARTICLES 1.3.068 AND 1.3.069)• National champions are obliged to wear their distinctive

jersey in events that are the same discipline, speciality
and category in which they won their title.

• National federations are responsible for the design of thenational champion’s jersey. National federations are also
responsible for approving, checking and issuing sanctions regarding the jerseys of their national champions.

NATIONAL TEAM CLOTHING (ARTICLES 1.3.056 TO 1.3.059)•It is obligatory for riders to wear national team clothing

during the World Championships, continental championships and Olympic Games.

• Advertising placement is reserved for the National Federation.

• However, the National Federation may grant some advertising placement to the personal sponsors (teams) of
the selected riders.

•World, continental and national champions must also

submit to this rule and wear their national team clothing during the said events. For example, former world
champions are not authorised to use rainbow piping on
the collar or sleeve cuffs of their national team clothing
during the World Championships.

LEADER’S CLOTHING
UCI Mountain Bike World Cup:•A RTICLE 4.5.010: the rider leading the World Cup standings must wear the leader’s jersey in every World Cup
event concerned, except in the opening event. In the Men category, if a junior downhill rider is the World Cup
leader, he must wear the elite leader’s jersey. The junior leader’s jersey is not awarded in this case.
NOTE
For DHI events, it is important to note that this duty extends to the qualifying run, the final and also the timethat the rider is in the hot seat, in the finish area and conducting interviews (e.g. flower ceremonies).

• ARTICLE 4.5.011: the colours of leaders’ jerseys are determined by the UCI.
NOTE
The design of the jerseys may change from time to time. The diagrams included are accurate for the season
in which the MTB guide was published. If appointed to a World Cup event, Commissaires should check theequipment section of the UCI website to note any changes.

Sports Departement_177

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

ORDER OF PRIORITY (ARTICLE 1.3.071)• Unless otherwise specified and for all disciplines, should

various provisions requiring the wearing of different jerseys apply to the same rider, the order of priority shall be
as follows:
1. leader’s jersey of a stage race
2. world champion jersey
3. leader’s jersey of UCI cup, circuit series or ranking
4. continental champion’s jersey (not mandatory as
per ARTICLE 1.3.070)
5. national champion’s jersey
6. national team jersey (in accordance with ARTICLE
1.3.059)

NOTE
For the Olympic Games, World Championships and continental championships, the national team jersey must always beworn, regardless of whether or not the rider in question is currently a national or world champion.

FORM OF CLOTHING (ARTICLE 1.3.033)• Garments must not be adapted in any way such that they diverge from their use purely as clothing.
• Riders are prohibited from wearing clothing that has the purpose of improving performance by reducing wind
resistance or modifying the rider’s physical features (compression, elongation, support).

• It is also prohibited to wear clothing or skinsuits to which non-essential elements have been added with a view

to improving aerodynamic properties, such as, for example, “wings” under the arms or an extension between
the helmet and the jersey.

• Clothing can only be manufactured from textiles comprising fibres or threads that have the structure of an
open-mesh fabric.

• Coatings and surface treatments that “close the mesh” of the fabric are not allowed, except for logos and labels. This rule does not apply to gloves, shoe covers and rainwear.

HELMET (ARTICLES 1.3.031 AND 1.3.002)• A helmet must be worn.
•The helmet must be approved in accordance with theprevailing safety standards, must not have been modified and must not have suffered an impact or been
involved in an accident. The rider is responsible for thecompliance (safety) of the helmet used.

• Removable components must not be added, although

the use of a visor is authorised if specifically designed
for use with the helmet. Indeed, as per ARTICLE
4.3.012 a full-face helmet with a visor is required for
DH and 4X events.

• The surface and the material used for the helmet are notregulated. However, all additions are prohibited (including adhesive tape).

• Cameras are not permitted during races (XCO-XCE)
and during qualifying rounds and finals (DH-4X);
however, the UCI (at the request of the TV production
company) may decide to allow helmet cameras for certain riders. In this case, these riders will be specifically selected in advance of the race and their identities
made known to the Commissaires.

Sports Departement_178

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

IMPORTANT POINTS CONCERNING CLOTHING
In summary, the following points concerning clothing are particularly pertinent to mountain bike races:
UCI REGULATIONS – PARTS I AND IV

General provisions

1.3.026 Jerseys, shorts and skinsuits
1.3.027 Unique appearance of distinctive jerseys
1.3.029 and 1.3.030 Distinguishability of jerseys and rain jackets
1.3.031 Wearing helmets and conformity
1.3.033 Non-essential and additional clothing
1.3.071 Order of priority of wearing distinctive jerseys
1.3.072 Sanctions for clothing infringements

Teams registered with the UCI

4.09.017 and 4.10.016 Approval of team clothing
1.3.038 to 1.3.043 Advertising on clothing

Regional and club teams

1.3.045 to 1.3.047 Submission of samples, uniformity
1.3.048 Advertising on club clothing

Stage race leader’s clothing

1.3.051 Unique appearance of distinctive jerseys
1.3.053 Advertising and panel reserved for team sponsor
1.3.054 Matching clothing
1.3.055BIS Leader’s jerseys for UCI Cups, circuits and rankings

National team clothing

1.3.056 Submission of national jerseys, conformity
1.3.057 Advertising on national jerseys
1.3.059 Events in which national jerseys are worn

World champion’s clothing

1.3.060 Right to use the rainbow colours
1.3.063 Wearing the world champion’s jersey
1.3.064 and 1.3.065 Rainbow piping, authorisation
1.3.066 and 1.3.067 Advertising on rainbow clothing, approval

National champion’s jersey

1.3.068 Wearing the national champion’s jersey: rights and obligations
1.3.069 Design of national champion’s jersey, approvalContinental champion’s jersey

1.3.070 Wearing the continental champion's jersey: rights and obligations

Sanctions1.3.072 Applicable sanctions for various clothing infringements

Baggy clothing

4.3.011 Tight-fitting clothing in DHI races1

Mandatory protective equipment

4.3.012 Full-face helmet

Optional protective equipment

4.3.013 UCI recommendations

This regulation refers to the jersey and shorts or pants. Riders may, if they wish, wear tight clothing under their baggy
jersey and shorts.

1 

NOTE
Commissaires do not normally check clothing except for the World Championships and Olympic Games. When checks
are made, Commissaires make sure that sleeveless jerseys are not worn, that national team jerseys are worn if appropriate
for the competition and category and that national and world champions for the discipline and specialty are wearing thecorrect jersey.

Sports Departement_179

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Team participation in mountain bike races is another factor
that must be considered by MTB Commissaires, particularly
with respect to the clothing regulations. Members of cycling
teams (or clubs), regardless of whether they are regional
teams affiliated to a National Federation, UCI MTB teams
or UCI ELITE MTB teams, must wear the uniform ( jersey +shorts) of their team, unless that rider is obliged to wear aleader’s jersey in an MTB stage race or series, a world champion’s jersey or a national champion’s jersey.
The “Equipment” section of the UCI website has several documents explaining the particular rules concerning rider’sclothing and including some pictures. These illustrate theaccepted formats for the various types of jersey, including
the use of the flag on the left sleeve of DHI and 4X national
champion jerseys.
Please acquaint yourselves with the explanatory documents available on the UCI website and refer to the provisions
described therein:
Click on “Equipment” in the “Regulations” part of the “UCI” tab www.uci.ch.

Sports Departement_180

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

5.3. EQUIPMENT COMPLIANCE
There are very few limits in MTB concerning equipment and the bicycle in particular.
No formal equipment inspection or measuring of bicycles is conducted at MTB races. Riders are responsible for thecondition and compliance of their equipment with the UCI Regulations. However, should a Commissaire notice that abicycle or equipment does not comply with an aspect of the UCI Regulations (e.g. use of a cyclo-cross bicycle in an XC
event; rider attempting to start with what appears to be a radio or mobile phone earpiece) or the bike is in an unsafe
condition to ride (in the Commissaire’s opinion), then the rider is not permitted to start unless the problem is resolved.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES• It is important to emphasise the “primacy of humans over machines”.
• Licence holders are responsible for the equipment they use in competition. The equipment must comply with theprevailing safety standards (ARTICLE 1.3.001BIS).

• Equipment must not constitute a danger to the rider or other competitors (ARTICLE 1.3.001).
• Competitors and/or team helpers are not authorised to modify equipment from the condition in which it was
supplied by the manufacturer (ARTICLE 1.3.002) for obvious safety reasons. The act of modifying equipment isalso prohibited as it annuls the guarantee in the majority of cases.

• Commissaires are authorised to carry out checks at any time, as considered appropriate, on equipment used incompetition, whether during or after an event (ARTICLE 1.3.003).

IMPORTANT POINTS CONCERNING MTB EQUIPMENT
The equipment regulations for MTB races are found in Part IV of the UCI Regulations, namely ARTICLES 4.1.038, 4.1.039
and 4.1.039BIS. ARTICLES 1.3.006 – 1.3.010 also apply concerning the general principles of what is considered to be a“bicycle”.
Elite National and International Commissaires should be conversant with the equipment regulations for mountain bikeevents:• The use of tyres fitted with metal spikes or screws is not allowed (ARTICLE 4.1.039).
• The types of handlebars allowed. No traditional road or cyclo-cross style handlebars are permitted, nor are handlebar extensions such as those for triathlon or time trial events; however, MTB bar-ends are permitted (ARTICLE
4.1.039 BIS).

• The circumstances under which video cameras are permitted (ARTICLE 4.3.014).
• The fact that riders are not permitted to use radio links or other means of remote communication at any time
(ARTICLE 4.1.038).

Sports Departement_181

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

5.4. IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Body numbers and handlebar numbers are used to identify the competitors in MTB events. While the body number isaffixed to the rider’s jersey, the handlebar number is attached to the rider’s bike.

UCI REGULATION• Unless otherwise specified, the organiser must provide all the equipment required for the organisation of theevent, including all timing equipment (ARTICLE 1.2.035) and the identification numbers for the riders (ARTICLE
1.3.075)• Unless otherwise stipulated, the number panels and plates shall bear black characters on a white background(ARTICLE 1.3.074).
• Riders shall ensure that their identification number is visible and legible at all times. The identification number
shall be well fixed and may not be folded or altered (ARTICLE 1.3.076).

The teams are provided with the body and frame numbers free of charge. Furthermore, the organiser of a stage raceshould have sufficient spare numbers available (both body and handlebar numbers) and should supply these to teams
upon request or after a certain number of days of the race.
The figures that appear on the body and handlebar numbers should be printed in such a manner that they are clearlyvisible. The number 7 should have a horizontal bar across it to assist in identification.

Sports Departement_182

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Examples
BODY NUMBER

FRAME NUMBERDIMENSIONS• 16 cm wide x 18 cm high.
• Numbers 10 cm high.
• Thickness of lines comprising the number, 1.5 cm.
• Advertising may be authorised in a rectangle of a
maximum height of 6 cm on the lower part of the
body number.

• 18 cm wide x 18 cm high.
• Numbers 8 cm high.
• Thickness of lines comprising the number, 1.5 cm.
•Advertising (or other acronyms or logos) may beshown in a rectangle of a maximum height of 4 cm
on the upper and lower part of the handlebar number.

MATERIALS• Tear-proof paper, printed with water resistant ink.
• Self-adhesive body numbers are allowed.
• Avoid reflective surfaces that can reduce visibility in• Plastic or rigid material.
• Material should not present any dangers to the riders. Attachment should not mask the number.

sunlight.

COLOUR• preferably black on a white background.
• distinctive body numbers on a different coloured• preferably black on a white background.

background are authorised providing they remainreadable.

NOTE
The body number is important in MTB races because it makes it much easier for Commissaires to identify the riders (particularly the finish judge when manually recording the results).
If a competitor loses a body or handlebar number, he or she should inform the officials and organiser such that a replacement can be issued as soon as possible. It is obligatory to make replacement numbers available during a stage race.
The failure to use identification numbers or their illegibility (if a rider modifies the number) may give rise to a fine.
Race numbers that are modified or obscured make the officials’ work more difficult and can delay the distribution of theresults to the media at the event.

Sports Departement_183

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 5 - CLOTHING, EQUIPMENT
AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain the national regulations concerning equipment and clothing for national races in their country.

• Explain the clothing and equipment regulations relevant to international MTB races, as found in Parts I and
IV of the UCI Regulations.

• Describe the quantity and design of race numbers issued to riders for MTB races.

• Describe where to find the various publications concerning clothing and equipment on the UCI website.

•Explain the various penalties that may apply for clothing and equipment infringements• Explain the difference in how UCI MTB teams and UCI
ELITE MTB teams are treated with regards to:- Registration fees,- F/TA zones,- Participation in World Cup events.

•Explain how to check riders’ jerseys and shorts forcompliance with the UCI Regulations at major competitions such as the World Championships.

• Describe the format and design of the various types ofjerseys (World Champion’s jersey, national champion’s
jersey, World Cup leader jersey, national team jersey).

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO•
Be vigilant for riders with unauthorised• Allow a rider to start even if his or her helmet

equipment and clothing in the race staging
area (XC and DH).
• If a rider refuses to remove (or replace) the
offending item, do not allow him or her to start.
•During practice (especially DH events)remind riders who are obliged to wear achampion’s or national team jersey that theymust wear this jersey for the race (seeding or
qualifying round and final).

Sports Departement_184

has been modified (hole for radio, visor stuckon, addition of a shield, etc.).
• Allow a rider to start with non-compliant orunauthorised clothing. Bear in mind that if
you are not sure of the regulation (e.g. on
the size or quantity of advertising allowed),
as it is often difficult to be certain on the
ground, then it is best to allow the start andsubsequently review the situation with the
PCP as soon as possible.

CHAPTER 6

AFTER THE RACE

© Graham Watson

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACETRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

The work of the Commissaires’ panel does not end when the race is finished. There are a number of administrative andsupervisory tasks that take place after the race for which the Commissaires’ panel is responsible.

Race results andimpact of penalties

Meeting of theCommissaires’
panel
Official ceremony

The PCP’s
supervisory tasks
after the race

Infringements
Final administrative
tasks and meetings
Debriefing withthe organiser

Race report

DIAGRAM. PCP’s supervisory tasks after the race

6.1. OFFICIAL CEREMONY (PODIUM)
The presentation of awards (podium ceremony) is conductedunder the responsibility of the PCP as soon as possible
following the end of the race. The role of the PCP in this regard
is to ensure that the three highest-ranked riders (or possibly
more, as specified in the technical guide) appear in competition
clothing – jersey and shorts (or racing pants for DHI and 4X) –and that their behaviour on the podium is dignified and respectful. The requirement to appear at the podium ceremony
also extends to riders leading the general classification of astage race or series of races, as described in the technical guide.
NOTE
Some competitions, for example national championships
or World Championships, have specific regulations which
prohibit riders taking certain things on the podium withthem. Examples include sunglasses, hats, helmets and bicycles. Such restrictions are announced in the technicalguide (or the competition guide in the case of World Championships). For most national and international competitions, the display of helmets, hats or sunglasses by riders on
the podium is allowed unless specifically prohibited.
Any rider required on the podium but who does not appear is sanctioned unless they have been previously excused fora reason accepted by the PCP.
NOTE
An early flight following the race is not usually accepted as an excuse.
Sports Departement_186

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACE

6.2. FINAL ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS AND MEETINGS
There are several administrative tasks that require the attention of the Commissaires following the race, particularly
the PCP, secretary and finish judge. These include:• Establishing the results (various procedures).
• Dealing with any remaining infractions of the regulations and applying penalties.

• Dealing with appeals.
NOTE

As per the UCI Regulations, appeals against the decisions ofCommissaires concerning race incidents are not permitted.
However, as a general statement, the role of the Commissaires is to ensure that the race was run in a manner fair toall participants while respecting the regulations and that theresults are correct.
Though formal appeals are not allowed, it is wise to listen to the opinions of riders and team managers, as long as thediscussion is respectful and productive. Listening to the views of managers and riders does not oblige Commissaires tochange their decisions; however, it does demonstrate respect for others, which in turn generates respect for the Commissaires themselves. Also, from time to time, new information can be provided which may change the Commissaires’
assessment of the situation, if this information can be verified.

6.2.1.
RACE RESULTS AND IMPACT OF PENALTIESThe results are word processed, using the UCI template, andthen the original results are checked by the finish judge.
Only then are the results reproduced and distributed by amember of the organisation. As soon as possible but no later than two hours after the end of the event, the PCP has to
upload results into UCI Data Ride

The race results should include, at least, the following information:• The finish position of each rider.
• The surname and first name of each rider.
• The UCI code of each rider.
• The team of each rider (not mandatory).
• The finishing time of each rider and/or the time gaps, or other information (if relevant for the type of race) indicating:		- Riders one or more laps down,		- Did Not Finish (DNF) riders,		- Did Not Start (DNS) riders,		- Relegated (REL) riders,		- Disqualified (DSQ) riders.

Sports Departement_187

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACE

Before the results are finalised, the PCP should convene the Commissaires’ panel (or at least consult via radio or mobile
phone) to examine all Commissaires’ reports in case a decision to apply a penalty changes the results. If necessary, thepanel hears the reports of officials who have seen race incidents that could be sanctioned.
Before taking any decisions, the Commissaires’ panel must be in possession of all the reliable information, either onvideo (taken from an unbiased source, with a clear, unobstructed point of view and demonstrating the full context of thesituation) or from an official providing trustworthy evidence. If there is any doubt, no decision can be taken.
NOTE
More and more often, races are being filmed with digital devices such as mobile phones, tablet computers (e.g. Apple
iPad) or digital cameras. Team managers, coaches and spectators all film races. Should there be a controversy surrounding a race, it is almost inevitable that many different videos of the incident will surface.
Commissaires may consider video evidence when deciding
what to do, but they must be conscious of the source andthe completeness and clarity of the video. Video footage
from any person with a possible interest in the outcome ofa decision should generally not be considered, as the video
may have been recorded with bias towards this person’s interests (i.e. the video may be incomplete, somehow obscure
the full context of what happened or may simply be shotfrom an angle that makes the incident appear more or lessserious than it actually is). The Commissaires’ panel must
always exercise judgement over the use of video evidence inmaking their decisions.

6.2.2.
MEETING OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL
Following the conclusion of the race, it is important for the PCP to hold a debriefing with the members of the Commissaires’ panel. This debriefing is held for several reasons:• For each member of the panel to discuss the race from the point of view of his or her particular function within

the panel, especially to describe any problems or issues that should be improved by the organisation for future
events.

• For the entire panel to share their experiences at the race; this helps all Commissaires add to their skills andknowledge of the sport.

• For the PCP to give his or her own perspectives on the race and to provide any further feedback to the panel
concerning its performance.

It should also be noted that the discussions held during the Commissaires’ debriefing are valuable for helping the PCPdraw up the event report.

6.2.3.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL AND THE ORGANISER
Out of respect for the organiser, and also for their information, the PCP must carry out a “debriefing” with the organiser
in order to explain his or her point of view on aspects that could be improved and to provide any advice or suggestions
that could be helpful. This meeting should demonstrate the positive aspects of the PCP’s job, showing that the role is not
merely regulatory.
The PCP should distinguish between important points that have to be included in the report and minor improvementsthat could easily be made and do not need to be mentioned.
It is very important to make the organiser aware of the recommendations for improvement that you plan to include inyour race report. In this way, both the NF (or UCI) and the organiser have a record of these recommendations.

Sports Departement_188

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACE

6.2.4.
INFRINGEMENTS
If there are any penalties, these are notified in a communiqué published with the results. The PCP draws up a detailed
account of the circumstances of certain race incidents; this is attached to the official race report signed by the PCP.

IN THE EVENT OF PENALTIES
Ideally, the PCP should inform all relevant parties (rider, team manager, organiser, etc.) of the nature of the penalties
and why they were imposed. The PCP may also consider the opinions of the riders or team managers concerning thepenalties (indeed, listening to these opinions can help the Commissaires gain the respect and trust of the riders). If
relevant information is presented and can be confirmed (or at least presents a reasonable doubt) the situation can befurther examined with the Commissaires’ panel. If a change is to be made to the penalty, then the interested parties
should be informed.
Decisions are announced solely by the PCP.
Written appeals will no longer be considered; indeed, Commissaires’ decisions concerning race incidents cannot be appealed.
Penalties must be notified in a communiqué, as per the example below:
Communiqué n° XXXDECISION BY THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL• The rider [RACE NUMBER] [SURNAME] [FIRST NAME] [TEAM] [UCI CODE].
• Reason for the penalty.
• Fine, time penalty, disqualification, etc.
• Reference to article number in NF or UCI penalty scale.
MOUNTAIN BIKE
Communiqué from the UCI Commissaires Panel n° : _____Name of the race: ________________________________________Class: __________

Format: __________

Category: __________

Place: ____________________

Date: _________________

Time: ___ : ___Subject :The President of the Commissaires Panel :Name: __________________________First name: ___________________________

Signature : ____________________________

EXAMPLE. CommuniquéSports Departement_189

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACE

6.3. THE RACE REPORT
After the race, the PCP has some administrative work to complete. It is the PCP’s responsibility to ensure that the results
are sent to the NF for national races and to the UCI for international races. The PCP also compiles a race report, which issimilarly sent to the NF for national races and the UCI for international races.
For International Commissaires working as the PCP at international races, the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet provides areport form that must be filled out and sent by post to the UCI for each race. For national events, the report form orprocedure required by the NF should be used instead.
Generally, the purpose of the race report is to inform the NF or UCI about the following points:• How well the organiser, venue and course complied with NF or UCI regulations.
• A summary of participation in the event.
• The details of any race incidents, problems or other unusual circumstances.
• The details of any penalties.
• The recommendations for improvement given to the organiser.

CH - 1860 Aigle

I N FR A CTIO N S CO N S TA TÉ E S E T S A N CTIO N N É E S P A R L E C O L L È GE DE S C O MMIS S A IR E S – S A IS O N M T B 2 0 1 4
I N FR IN GE ME N TS R E CO R DE D A N D S A N CTIO N E D BY THE C O MMIS S A IR E ’ S P A N E L – 2 0 1 4 M T B S E A S O N

Tel. + 41 24 468 58 11
Fax + 41 24 468 58 12

Nom de l’épreuve / Name of the event:
Pays / Country:
Classe / Class:Equipe MTB UCI / UCI MTB Team

Type d’équipe / Type of team:

Equipe nationale / National teamNom de l’équipe / Name of the team:Nom du directeur sportif /Name of the team manager:

Dat e

N o m d u co n t re v e n an t / N am e o f t h e o ffe n d e r

Co d e UCI / UCI co d e

In fract io n ( n o d ’ art icle ) / In frin g e m e n t

Mo n t an t e n CHF 1 /( art icle n u m b e r)

am o u n t in CHF

N.B. A réc ept i on, l ’U C I fa c t urera l es E qui pes et / ou F édéra t i ons Na t i ona l es c onc ernées
N.B. U pon rec ei pt , t he U C I w i l l i nv oi c e t he rel ev a nt T ea m s a nd/ or Na t i ona l F edera t i ons

1

Il est interdit de déduire les amendes des prix! / It is forbidden to deduct fines from the prize money!

EXAMPLE. Infringements form available on the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet

Sports Departement_190

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 6 - AFTER THE RACE

The race report is accompanied by supplementary information, such as the race results, start lists, technical guide andcommuniqués by the Commissaires’ panel. Also, if the PCP was appointed by the UCI, the expenses sheet is provided
along with any applicable receipts.
The race report must be comprehensive. This is important because the report features information and recommendations that the UCI sends to the organiser to improve the following year’s event and to evaluate any requests from the organiser to improve the class of the race (e.g. C2 to C1). As PCP you have to check that all the suggestions from the previous
year have been implemented; if this has not been done, inform the UCI in your report.
As far as the UCI staff are concerned, the comments made by the PCP are the most important part of the report. These
comments give the UCI the best indication of the quality of the race in question.
All of these documents are sent to the NF for national races and to the UCI for international races. The PCP always
keeps copies.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRESINTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES

Elite National Commissaires should be able to:Additionally, International Commissaires should be
able to:• Explain the responsibilities of the PCP with respect tothe podium ceremony.

• Describe the post-race administrative procedures required by their National Federation.

• Describe the process and regulations used to penaliseriders at national races in their country, as well as any
applicable appeal process in the regulations of their NF.

• Explain the reasons to debrief the organiser and the• Explain how to fill out the Infringements form foundon the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet.

• Describe how to complete the UCI MTB race reportfound on the UCI Commissaires’ Extranet.

• Explain the responsibilities of the PCP following an international race.

Commissaires’ panel.

• Describe the impact of any penalties on the race results before they are declared final.

• Explain whether or not appeals are allowed concerning race incidents.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO•
Send the results to Infostrada (or your• Do not ignore your responsibility to debrief

National Federation for national races) as
soon as possible after the event is over.
• Be sure that you discuss all recommendations that will feature in your report withthe organiser, paying particular attention topoints for improvement.

Sports Departement_191

the organiser and the Commissaires’ panel
after the race. These opportunities to bothgive and receive feedback help the organiser
and other Commissaires improve. They may
also give rise to valuable comments that may
help you improve your own performance.

CHAPTER 7

ANTI-DOPING© Graham Watson

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 7 - ANTI-DOPING

As specified by the World Anti-Doping Code, the UCI has the obligation, as is the case for all interNational Federations,to plan and organise anti-doping controls.
The objective of this chapter is not to instruct national and International Commissaires on how to carry out anti-doping
controls, but rather to draw their attention to the responsibility that is borne solely by Doping Control Officers (DCO)
trained by the Cycling Anti-Doping Foundation (CADF) and agents trained by National Anti-Doping Organisations(NADO).

CYCLING ANTI-DOPING FOUNDATION (CADF )The UCI has mandated the Cycling Anti-Doping
Foundation (CADF), a foundation organized under the lawsof Switzerland, for the purpose of managing anti-doping
activities on behalf of UCI, i.e., in particular: Planningeffective Testing, Registered Testing Pool (RTP) management, Biological Passport Program (Hematological andSteroidal), Results Management (initial review) and administrative support for the management of Therapeutic
Use Exemptions (TUE). As such, the CADF is responsible forthe planning and execution of sample collection process
at event.

CADF DOPING CONTROL OFFICERS (DCO)
Doping Control Officers, trained and accredited by the
CADF, play an important role in protecting riders’ rights.

• DCOs act in accordance with procedures/directives.
• They listen to the riders’ opinions.
• They behave in a professional manner at all times.
• They are authorised by the CADF.
• They must renew their accreditation every two years.

ANTI-DOPING CONTROL POST
The doping control station shall be solely used for anti-doping purposes.

• The doping control station must be set up within a specified distance of the finish line.

• The doping control station must respect the riders’ privacy.

• Access must be restricted solely to accredited persons
involved in the anti-doping control, i.e.:- the riders,- team assistants, doctor or interpreter (one per rider),totalling two people per rider (three for minors),- CADF Doping Control Officer and staff,- other individuals authorised by the CADF (observers).

Sports Departement_193

CH 7 - ANTI-DOPING

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

SELECTION OF RACESUCI International Events, defined annually by the CADF, are submitted to anti-doping controls according to the UCI
Anti-Doping Rules.
Doping controls, conducted under the authority of UCI are organized by the CADF.
Now the event is either listed as a UCI International Events for which UCI is the testing authority, or it is a National Events
for which the NADO is in general the testing authority.

SELECTION OF RIDERS TO BE TESTEDThe CADF may designate which riders are to be tested at a specific event and issue corresponding instructions to the
DCO. If such instructions are not issued, the DCO will test riders according to current procedures.

THE ROLE OF THE DOPING CONTROL OFFICER (DCO)
The DCO carries out the following tasks:• Contacts the organiser on receiving the letter of confir-

mation of appointment in order to confirm certain practical arrangements: equipment, staff, infrastructure,transport of sample, etc.

• Attends the sport directors’ meeting to provide information on the practical details of the controls.

• Inspects the doping control station to ensure it com-plies with the regulations: layout, equipment, drinks,etc.

• Instructs the sample collection personnel (chaperones, sample witness) and explains the notification
procedures to be observed.

• Posts the list of riders to be tested at the entrance to thedoping control station and at the finish line if applicable.

•C arries out controls: Every rider to be tested must attend the doping control station as soon as possible andat the latest 30 minutes after finishing the event.

If the rider is taking part in an official ceremony or attending a press conference in accordance with the regulations, this deadline shall be 30 minutes from the end of the ceremony or the time at which the rider is no longer
required to attend the press conference, depending on which of these two events is the latest.

• S ending samples to the laboratory: the DCO is responsible for sending the samples with the assistance ofthe organiser.

• S ending all documentation relative to the anti-doping mission to the CADF as soon as the race ends.

ORGANISER

SPORT DIRECTORSCHAPERONES

RIDER

CADF

DIAGRAM. Sequence of contacts of a Doping Control Officer

Sports Departement_194

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 7 - ANTI-DOPINGLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Know who is responsible for setting up the anti-doping control post.
• Know that a DCO should be allowed to intervene during the sport directors’ meeting.
• Describe which organisation selects riders to be tested.
• Understand the organisation of the doping control station.
• Identify chaperones and knowledge of their roles and limits of action.
• Describe the people who may accompany a rider during an anti-doping control.
• Know the UCI Anti-doping Rules.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Discuss any problems encountered with the• Enter the restricted anti-doping control area

• Refrain from making comments or statements• Give an opinion on a test or the result of an• Assist any rider who cannot find the doping• Fail to help a team assistant who cannot findDCO.

on the anti-doping procedures.

control station to get there in time.

Sports Departement_195

without authorisation.
analysis.

the list of riders to be tested.

CHAPTER 8ENVIRONMENTTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 8 - ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of this chapter is to make Commissaires aware of the environmental protection procedures that organisers
may adopt. The following are examples of actions that an organiser may implement to ensure that a cycling event respects the environment. At present, these measures are only recommendations rather than obligations on organisers. As
a result, Commissaires only act as observers.

8.1. PREPARATION FOR THE EVENT
When planning environmental initiatives, the organiser can set targets and organise the event with a view to minimisingnegative environmental impacts.
SOME EXAMPLE INITIATIVES
Public documents: internal and external communiqués that emphasise the organiser’s responsible commitment anddesire to organise a greener event. Raising awareness during meetings, including the sport directors’ meeting.

• Meetings, official communications, procedures, specifications, explanations, involvement, incentives and empowerment.

• The Commissaire should also check whether the event’s technical guide contains a reminder to participants onenvironmental issues in order to raise awareness.

Potential risks: identifying the risks and inviting the stakeholders concerned to implement a high-quality environmental
policy.

• Deterioration of the natural environment, damage to infrastructures, sound disturbances, other pollution,
waste.

Official recognition: recognition of an environmental management plan by an official body.

• Label, recognition, certificate, etc.

Green transport: promoting the use of public transport (combined tickets, free public transport to the site), installing
signs informing spectators of how many minutes it takes to walk to the event location; favouring alternative solutions
such as the use of natural gas, hybrid or electric vehicles; giving detailed plans of the best routes to take to access the sites
while reducing transport times; encouraging parking on hard surfaces (asphalt, hard-packed ground, tarmac) to avoid
environmental damage in the event of rain.

• Train, shuttle bus, car sharing.

Action plan: a plan that provides details of environmental
initiatives over several years and the allocation of tasks.
Communication: encouraging and promoting environmental initiatives such as the sorting of litter, protecting nature reserves and wildlife areas, appointing an environmental ambassador (e.g. a VIP, former professional cyclist, etc.).
Delivering “eco-responsible” messages.

• Event website; posters at registration desk, information
points, changing rooms, start and finish, parking areas.

Sports Departement_197

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 8 - ENVIRONMENT

Choice of infrastructure:• The use of temporary, modular, reusable and transformable infrastructures rather than building permanent
structures.

• The use of environmentally-friendly materials.
• Reducing and optimising energy use: insulation, ventila-

tion, heating, air conditioning, lighting, etc. (preferably
certified or approved units).

• Gathering and reusing rainwater.
• Infrastructure that is easily accessible and well served bypublic transport services. Consideration should also begiven to individuals with reduced mobility.

8.2. DURING THE EVENT
During the event, the Commissaire focuses on the sporting control of the race. Environmental initiatives put in place by
the organiser are not subject to any checks by the Commissaire. However, it is useful to be able to recognise the various
initiatives that may be applied.
SOME EXAMPLE INITIATIVES• Paper: use of recycled paper, printed on both sides, forcommuniqués; favouring the dispatch of documents in anelectronic format; printing in black and white; electronic
versions of all documentation relating to the event (route,specific regulations, etc. on USB stick or intranet), screens
to provide official information.

• Transfers: for XCS events, minimising the distances
between stages to reduce CO2 emissions.

• Litter: inviting participants to retain their litter until thefeed zone so that it can be disposed of in duly indicatedwaste areas that are cleaned up after the event by theorganiser.

• Toilets: the use of dry or chemical toilets.
• Feed zones and technical assistance areas should be atsuitable locations that are accessible and easy to clean andrestore; litter collection (skips, etc.) after the feed zone.

• Signage should be clear and accurate so that no ecologi-

cally fragile areas are damaged. Products that are environmentally-friendly, compostable, recyclable and reusable
should be utilised.

• Noise pollution: avoid noise pollution as far as possible,
e.g. by the use of signs to discourage excessive noise.

Sports Departement_198

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 8 - ENVIRONMENT• Air quality: limit vehicle access as far as possible, enforce
no smoking areas, reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

• Accommodation: provide accommodation close to theevent venue (for both participants and officials).

• Clean up event sites after the race.

• Food and other supplies: distribute food in packaging

that is minimal, recyclable and biodegradable. Favour
supplies and services from local providers; use productsthat are in season.

LEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Describe the UCI reCycling reference guide and the pillars of environmental protection for an event.
• Explain the role of the Commissaire in reporting the organiser’s environmental protection initiatives.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Inform the UCI of the organiser’s environ-• Highlight ineffective or non-existent arran-mental arrangements.
•Assess the effectiveness of the arrangements put in place.
• Evaluate the sensitivity of the site chosen for
the event.
• Observe the measures implemented for thevarious parties: teams, riders, spectators,
race followers.

Sports Departement_199

gements.

• Criticise an organiser for the lack of an environmental initiative: at present the UCI policy
is only to encourage organisers.

CHAPTER 9MANAGEMENT AND
RELATIONSHIP SKILLSTRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

9.1. THE THREE CATEGORIES OF SKILLSAs a representative of the UCI and the National Federation,a Commissaire is one of the main stakeholders in a cycling
event. Commissaires’ behaviour and attitudes are constantly
observed, analysed and commented upon. The whole familyof cycling may judge a Commissaire on his or her conduct.
It is important for a Commissaire to develop basic managerial
and relationship skills to allow him or her to carry out all thenecessary functions and achieve the assigned mission in an
effective manner.
Commissaires must not only remain calm in all circumstances,
they should also, over time, continue to work on their behaviour and approach, develop their expert knowledge and refine their communication techniques.

The Commissaire must develop and broaden skills in three main categories: intellectual, organisational and relationship.

SKILLSINTELLECTUALORGANISATIONALRELATIONSHIPDIAGRAM. The three categories of Commissaire’s skills

Sports Departement_201

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLSINTELLECTUAL SKILLSANALYSING

SUMMARISINGANTICIPATINGINTELLECTUALSKILLSDECIDING

ASSESSINGDIAGRAM. The three categories of Commissaire’s skills• Analysing: understanding a problem or situation and using it as a means of improvement.
• Anticipating: foreseeing a situation before it arises in order to better contain the consequences and limit theeffects.

• Assessing: assigning a value to an action or issue at the time at which it happens, including by using instinct.
• Deciding: making choices after evaluating the risks and weighing up the positive and negative points.
• Summarising: collating the essential or important elements of a situation that has occurred in order to present
a comprehensive overview that can be understood by parties who are not present.

Sports Departement_202

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLSORGANISATIONAL SKILLSCHECKING

VERIFYING

COORDINATINGORGANISATIONALSKILLSPLANNING

EVALUATINGORGANISINGMANAGING

DIAGRAM. A Commissaire’s organisational skills• Checking: carrying out verifications of existing information.

• Coordinating: bringing several different interacting domains or people together to enhance outcomes.

• Evaluating: judging according to precise criteria andmaterial deeds.

• Managing: taking charge of a specific or particular action
with a clear objective.

• Organising: defining and implementing a system thatframes and integrates all actions to be conducted by agroup of clearly identified people.

• Planning: scheduling the expected chronology of tasks,

taking care not to leave any quiet periods nor, conversely, overburdening the time available.

• Verifying: ensuring that everything is running appropriately, taking stock of recommendations made andobserving whether these are understood and applied.

Sports Departement_203

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLSRELATIONSHIP SKILLSMOTIVATINGNEGOTIATINGMANAGINGCOMMUNICATING

RELATIONSHIPSKILLSADVISING

DELEGATINGENCOURAGINGINSTRUCTINGDIAGRAM. A Commissaire’s relationship skills• Motivating: boosting the morale of a group of people

who come together within a defined framework in order toachieve an objective.

• Communicating: encouraging and participating in exchanges that establish clear dialogues. Transmitting information and eliciting responses.

• Advising: determining and proposing a solution to a situation that has been encountered.

• Delegating: confiding a mission or responsibility to a person with a clear objective over a specific time period.

• Instructing: passing on knowledge and assisting others tomake progress.

• Encouraging: mobilising for a specific action. Creating agroup dynamic.

• Managing: leading a group in order to favour collective
action, integrating and encouraging participation.

• Negotiating: reasoning with one or more interlocutors

to express arguments or highlight contradictions with theobjective of promoting unity or finding consensus for acurrent issue.

Sports Departement_204

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

9.2. SPEAKING AND INTERVENTIONS BY THE COMMISSAIRELEADING A MEETING
Preparation in advance is essential – this ensures that nothing is forgotten, that a list of those taking part is compiled andmakes it more likely that the meeting will finish on time.

• An introduction allows the background and the objective to be established. The goal to be achieved must be
understood by all.

• Interventions should be smooth and fluid. Contributions should not be too long and remain objective.
• The conclusion must be the subject of common agreement or clear decisions.
• Essential background information: the objective to be achieved and the time allotted for this.

CONTEXT• Objective
to be achieved• Timescale

STRUCTURE• Introduction• Intervention• Conclusion

DIAGRAM. Leading a meeting

ONE-OFF INTERVENTIONS BY THE COMMISSAIREThe Commissaire may intervene in the following meetings :• meeting with the organiser,• Commissaires’ panel meeting,• briefings set up by the organisation (with motorbike riders, the media, TV production, neutral service, medical
service, law enforcement agencies, etc.),• ad hoc meetings for specific situations.

GETTING A MESSAGE ACROSS
There are several techniques available to a Commissaire who wants to impart a message:• a verbal exchange (suggesting a change to the organiser, reorienting a colleague official, talking to a rider or
sport director to explain a sanction, etc.),• written information (drawing up a communiqué on a change of route, issuing a reminder of a rule or instruction, drawing up a report, etc.),• communicating through an intermediary (asking another Commissaire to pass on information to a team,using an interpreter to overcome language barriers, etc.).

MESSAGESVERBALEXCHANGEWRITTENINFORMATIONUSE OFAN INTERMEDIARYDIAGRAM. Methods of getting a message acrossSports Departement_205

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

The method used depends on the situation and the desired objective.
A verbal exchange leading to agreement should always be preferred as it involves communication with a specific individual (e.g. a sport director who has just committed an infringement – the Commissaire immediately tells this person what
has been observed; communication is rapid, clear and accurate).
Written information means that there is traceability and no ambiguity for any of the stakeholders involved (e.g. communiqués on changing the start time or the route; these should be written in a straightforward manner that can beunderstood by all).
It is important for the Commissaire to know to whom he or she should communicate, in this way adapting the intervention to the relevant situation and selecting a suitable moment and method of broaching the subject.
Most important is to use direct, clear and respectful language.
Before any intervention with a third party, the Commissaire must consider the following questions:• Who am I addressing?
• What is my objective?
• How am I going to present the subject?
• When shall I intervene?

WHO?

HOW?

WHAT?

WHEN?

DIAGRAM. Questions to consider before an intervention

INTERVENTION WITH THE PARTIES CONCERNED
When the Commissaire is led to intervene directly with a rider:• It is always preferable to avoid this when the rider is making a considerable effort. He or she will not be receptive and the effect could be the opposite of that expected.

• It is often preferable to use the sport director as an intermediary as he or she will have a good idea of the rider’slikely reactions or emotions in a given situation.

• If a direct exchange is essential, then in a stage race this can possibly wait until the following day to allow time
for reflection, both for the person issuing and the person receiving the information, thus allowing an empathetic response.

• However, in some serious cases, speed is of the essence and the specific information must be imparted immediately while adopting a suitable manner when presenting facts (that may be upsetting for the recipient).

Sports Departement_206

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLSWhen a message has to be imparted to the organiser, consideration should be given to any difficulties or problems
that the organiser faces by adapting the terms used to the situation or problem, although without any complacency.
Messages for teams and sport directors must be firm. On the other hand, they must emphasise sensitivity and receptiveness if a message is to bear fruit. The aim of the message must be clear, accurate, measured and well received by therecipient.
Information for the media should be distributed through the organisation. The objective is to be effective without
prejudicing the organisation, as the organisation guarantees the smooth running of the event and facilitates interactions.
Messages to the Commissaires’ panel or a colleague official generally concern the rules of operation or the need toreframe the approach after operations have gone off course. There must be consideration of what will be said and why
an intervention is necessary. The optimum timing should be established. If the whole Commissaires’ panel is concerned,
the message should be communicated during a meeting. If the message is directed to an individual member of theCommissaires’ panel, a suitable time must be selected in order to be effective.

9.3. RESPONDING IN AN INTERVIEWA Commissaire must take care to be very factual when responding to questions in an interview. The Commissaire muststick to the known facts and not hypothesise. The Commissaire’s comments must be unambiguous and the responses
made must not at any time be critical of the organisation, UCI or any other body.

• The Commissaire is responsible for what he or she says and distributes to the media.
• A Commissaire must never request an interview.
• The decision to agree to or refuse an interview must be approved by the president of the Commissaires’ panel.
• The purpose of the interview must be known in advance.
• If the subject deviates from the topic, the interview should be stopped by the Commissaire who explains why
he or she is concluding the interview.

• Caution should be exercised concerning the language used. If a Commissaire is not fully fluent in the language
then it is preferable to speak through an interpreter.

• Before an interview, a Commissaire should consider what he or she is authorised to say and what subjects canbe discussed.

INTERVIEWREMAIN FACTUALDIAGRAM. Responding in an interview

Sports Departement_207

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLS

9.4. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ TEAM

The president of the Commissaires’ panel appointed by the
UCI is in an almost unique management situation. The PCP
may be required to provide leadership:• of a team that he or she does not necessarily know inadvance,• in a language which he or she may only know partially or
not at all,•against the background of a very different culturalcontext,• for a relatively short period of time.
Standard management techniques may thus be difficult toapply as the period of the appointment does not allow the
PCP to work while considering the medium or long term.
Despite this, a successful leadership role can be facilitated by adopting the following approaches:• Basic linguistic and cultural preparation to promote integration and not always have the attitude of “discovering” practices and exchanges, in this way avoiding unacceptable behaviour.

• Active listening, or sympathetic listening, which consists of listening without any preconceptions and without
interrupting, before returning to the subject and asking questions, in order to express genuine motivation orconcern.

• Identifying the individuals in a team who are dominant due to their experience or position. Checking whether
this situation is likely to encourage or inhibit the rest of the team.

• Expressing clear expectations by defining the requirements.
• Always giving background to the requirements, explaining “why”.
• Delegation: placing trust in others does not exclude checking the achievement of tasks.
NOTE
To delegate responsibility also means to give authority for the task’s completion. You cannot effectively delegate a task to someone if you do not give them the authority to act and make decisions within the boundariesof their task. But be sure to set those boundaries.

• Knowing how to offer congratulations.
• Knowing how to reorient a situation.

Sports Departement_208

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 9 - MANAGEMENT
AND RELATIONSHIP SKILLSLEARNING OUTCOMESELITE NATIONAL COMMISSAIRES AND INTERNATIONAL COMMISSAIRES
Elite National and International Commissaires should be able to:• Explain the importance of:- Being factual and accurate.
- Being organised.
- Being methodical.
- Knowing how to listen and being ready to understand.
- The capacity to reproduce an exchange or situation.
- Respecting the comments of others.
- Remaining humble.
- Staying calm in all circumstances.

• Describe how to observe and check on the basis of the regulations.
• Explain the importance of:- Analysing situations to avoid acting in haste.
- Offering warnings and information rather than sanctions.
- Considering your role as that of an instructor to all involved.

WHAT TO DO

WHAT NOT TO DO• Always prepare before speaking.
• Proofread communiqués before distribution.
• Reserve the right not to respond to a pro-• Fuel an argument or debate that may be un-• Be alert to any digression of questions which• In the event of any doubt, rephrase a ques-• Accuse and make assertions without proof.
• Spread false reasoning.
• Become involved in issues that are outside• Choose the right time at which to speak to• Act or speak in an imprecise or erroneous

blem for which a solution cannot be offered.
may have serious consequences.

tion that may not have been understood.

a rider, respecting their intense physicalefforts.
• Always endeavour to reach consensus.

Sports Departement_209

constructive or even destructive.

• Indicate that you do not agree with a decision
taken by the Commissaires’ panel.

your field of action or competence.
manner.

GLOSSARYSports Departement_210

Zone, A and B

Warning-World Championships-World Cup-Yellow/Red flag

UCI ranking-UCI secretary

T-bone-Team-Technical guide-Training (official training)-Transponders

Safety nets-Seeding run-Single track-Special regulations-Sport Director-Staging-Stage race-Start/finish area-Start line-Start list-Sweep bike

Race Director-Registration-Relegation-Race headquarters

Qualifying roundroom-Profile of the event/stage

Padding-Penalties-Photo-finish-Photographers’ zone at the finish-Pinch-point- Plate number-Podium - President of the Commissaires’ Panel (PCP)-Press conference-Press

Official ceremony-Onboard camera -Organiser

Marshals-Mechanical incident

Lapped riders-Lead bike-Leader’s jerseys-Level crossing-Licence checks

Gate-Go-arounds or Chicken line

Feed and technical assistance zone (F/TA zones)-Final, big-Final, small Fine (monetary)-Finish judge-Finish line banner/gantry-Finish line-Finishing straight-Forerunner

Disqualification (DSQ)-Distance signs-Doping Control Officer (DCO)-Double track Entry fees

Continental championships

Confederation

Country Eliminator-Cross-Country-Short Circuit (XCC)- Cross-Country Stage Races (XCS) - Chaperone Chicken line-Chief Doctor-Class of event-Commissaires-Continental

Calendar, International-Calendar, National-Cancellation-Categories of rider per race type-Competition-Cross-Country Olympic (XCO) Cross-Country Marathon (XCM)-Cross

Body numbers

Abandoning-Accreditation-Anti-doping station-Assistant PCP

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 10 - GLOSSARY

CH 10 - GLOSSARY

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

A

ABANDONING

CATEGORIES OF RIDERS PER RACE TYPE

Riders who abandon a race should notify a Commissaire.
If a rider abandons, he or she cannot take part in any
other cycle races for the duration of the event which heor she left.
ACCREDITATION
All individuals who are involved in an event must be accredited by the organiser. This accreditation affords access to certain zones that are closed to the public as wellas to reserved spaces or parking areas.
ANTI-DOPING STATIONThe organiser must make a suitable location available
for controls to be conducted after the race. This facility must be located near the finish line and very clearly
signposted. Access must be monitored and restricted
solely to accredited persons involved in the anti-doping
control. The control post consists of at least three separate rooms, namely a waiting room for approximately 10
people, an office for the Doping Control Officer (DCO)
and doctor as well as a bathroom where the samples aretaken.
ASSISTANT PCP

BCThe Assistant PCP is a UCI Commissaire or national Commissaire (depending on the level of the race) appointed
by the host federation to work side by side with the president of the Commissaires’ panel (PCP).
BODY NUMBERS
Body numbers are used to identify riders in a race. It is
the organiser’s responsibility to provide one body number in compliance with the UCI Regulations (ARTICLE
1.3.074). It is each team’s responsibility to have their riders wear the numbers without obscuring or modifying
them.
CALENDAR, INTERNATIONALCOMPETITION
TYPE

Elite (23+), Under 23 Elite (23+), Under 23(19-22), Junior (17-18) (19-22), Junior (17-18)

CROSS-COUNTRYMARATHON (XCM)

All Riders 19+
All Riders 19+
in the same catego- in the same category, including Masters ry, including Masters

CROSS-COUNTRY
ELIMINATOR (XCE)

All Riders 17+
in the same category(Junior, Under 23,
Elite)All Riders 17+
in the same category(Junior, Under 23,
Elite)

CROSS-COUNTRYSHORT CIRCUIT(XCC)All Riders 17+
in the same category(Junior, Under 23,
Elite)All Riders 17+
in the same category(Junior, Under 23,
Elite)

CROSS-COUNTRY
STAGE RACES(XCS)All Riders 19+
All Riders 19+
in the same category in the same category(Under 23, Elite)(Under 23, Elite)

DOWNHILL (DHI)

All Riders 17+
in the same category (Junior, Elite),
except World Cups
and World Championships

FOUR CROSS (4X)

All Riders 17+
All Riders 17+
in the same category in the same category(Junior, Elite)(Junior, Elite)

ENDUROAll Riders 17+
All Riders 17+
in the same category in the same category(Junior, Elite)(Junior, Elite)

In the event of bad weather the president of the Commissaires’ panel may decide to cancel the event after
consulting the organiser and, where appointed, the UCItechnical delegate (ARTICLE 4.1.023).

All Riders 17+
in the same category (Junior, Elite),
except World Cups
and World Championships.

CHAPERONE
For anti-doping controls after the race, the organiser isobliged to provide at least one escort for each rider to betested. These rider escorts are known as “chaperones”. The
chaperone remains with and observes the rider at all times,
accompanying him or her to the doping control post.
CHICKEN LINE (see Go-arounds)
CLASS OF EVENT
Events on the international calendar are assigned a class,corresponding to the event’s relative importance. The
classes of MTB races in order from lowest to highest are:• Class 3• Class 2• Class 1• CN (national championships)• Class HC• Continental championships• World Cup• World Championships

CALENDAR, NATIONALCANCELLATIONWOMENCROSS-COUNTRYOLYMPIC (XCO)

An international event is a race registered on the world
calendar or one of the continental calendars. The calendar lists all international events in chronological order.
The international calendar is drawn up every year for thefollowing season and approved by the UCI Management
Committee in September.

National calendars are drawn up by the respective National Federations (NF).

MEN

COMMISSAIRES
The number of Commissaires appointed to an event varies. Commissaires are appointed by the UCI or the National Federation (NF) depending on the class of event.
Acting under the direction of the president of the Commissaires’ panel (PCP), Commissaires carry out the sporting management of the event on the ground and takedecisions on sanctions.

Sports Departement_211

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CONTINENTAL CONFEDERATION
Federations from the same continent are grouped together in a continental confederation, an administrative organisation that forms an integral part of the UCI.
Each Federation is a member of the Confederation of
the continent in which its national capital is located(CONSTITUTION, CHAPTER III – ARTICLES 23 TO 26).
CONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIPSD

The continental championships (CC) are organised
each year under the responsibility of the continental
confederations, at least for the olympic disciplines andthe elite category (except for Europe) and are enteredon the Continental Calendar on a fixed date chosen inagreement with the UCI (ARTICLE 10.1.001).
The continental championships in a speciality may not be
organised during a World Cup event in the same speciality.
No Hors Class or Class 1 event of the same speciality
may be organised on the same continent during thecontinental championships.
No stage race may be organised during […] continental
championships (on the concerned continent) (ARTICLE
4.1.011).
For the […] continental championships a technical delegate is appointed by the UCI (ARTICLE 4.1.012).
DISQUALIFICATION (DSQ)
If a rider commits a serious infringement, he or she
may be disqualified and excluded from the results.
DISTANCE SIGNS
1 km for XCO events and every 10 km for XCM and XCPevents. Also, the last km is always precisely marked.
DOPING CONTROL OFFICER (DCO)
The Doping Control Officer (DCO) is appointed by the
UCI or the National Federation (NF) and works in collaboration with the doctor appointed to conduct theanti-doping control as well as with the president of theCommissaires’ panel (PCP). The DCO is responsible
for managing anti-doping controls on the ground andoversees the application of the UCI Anti-doping Rules.
DOUBLE TRACKE

A section of the course that is generally wide enoughfor two bicycles to race side-by-side. Such sections areusually wide enough to allow passing.
80% ZONEThe 80% zone is the point, normally only a few hundred
metres before the finish line, where riders subject tothe 80% rule are withdrawn from the race. Its location
is precisely marked with a sign that says “80% Zone”.
ENTRY FEES
These are fees that riders and teams must pay to theorganization before being allowed to enter a race. Riders who are members of UCI Elite teams cannot becharged participation fees (gravity teams for gravity
events, endurance teams for endurance events).

F

CH 10 - GLOSSARY

FEED AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ZONE
(F/TA ZONES)
A zone restricted to those with accreditation where
technical assistance (as defined by the UCI Regulations), water and other drinks and nutrition are available for the riders. Each zone is numbered and marked with both a start sign and a finish sign. For XCO
events, at least 2 such zones are needed; either two
single zones or a double zone which the riders pass
twice during the lap. For XCM and XCP races, normallyat least 3 such zones are used.
FINAL, BIG
In a 4X or XCE event, the big final is the main final,
which determines places 1 – 4 (or in some cases for
XCE, 1 – 6).
FINAL, SMALL
In a 4X or XCE event, small final is the “consolation” final, which determines places 5 – 8 (or in some cases for
XCE, 7 – 12).
FINE (MONETARY)
A fine is a penalty given for an infraction of the regulations. The PCP submits a record of all fines applied
during the event to the UCI after the race is over. The
UCI then sends an invoice to the National Federationor team of the riders concerned. A fine may be combined with other penalties, such as relegation or disqualification, or may be applied by itself. Some infractions of the regulations require a specific fine, whichmust be applied, while others are left to the discretionof the Commissaires’ panel.
FINISH JUDGEThe finish judge (FJ) has sole responsibility for drawing
up the results. During the event, the FJ participatesin the sporting control of the race by keeping a race
passing order at the finish line, and also by providing
backup timing. For XCM / XCP events, the FJ may supervise one or more of the F/TA zones or be present
to score any intermediate sprints before going on to
the finish line.
FINISH LINE BANNER/GANTRY
In a MTB event, a “Finish” sign must be clearly visible
on a banner, gantry or arch across the road at the finish line.
FINISH LINEThe finish line shall comprise a line 4 cm in width,
painted in black on a white strip 24 cm wide, thus
leaving 10 cm of white on each side of the black line.
FINISHING STRAIGHT
The finishing straight should be as long as possible, atleast 200 m, and sufficiently wide – a minimum of 6 m
but ideally 8-10 m.

Sports Departement_212

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

FORERUNNERGOne of several riders that “open” the course for adownhill race. They are sent down the course 10 to
15 minutes before the race is due to start in order toconfirm that the course is ready, that the marshals arein position and that the timing system is working. Twofore-runners are normally sent before the start of therace bearing number plates ‘A’ and ‘B’; also, a closer
bearing number plate ‘C’ is also sent to indicate thatthe race is over.

M

GATE
A gate is the electro-mechanical device used for starting 4X races. It is similar in design to a BMX starting
gate, and uses the same system of voice commands
and lights to indicate that the start is about to occur.

L

MARSHALS
Marshals are the volunteers responsible for monitoring
the race course during a mountain bike event. They areplaced at regular intervals around the course, usuallyworking in pairs. Their jobs are to warn spectators tostay clear of the course, report irregular behaviour on
the part of the riders (such as riders attempting to takea shortcut, or behaving in an abusive way) and also tocontrol spectator crossings, if posted in those locations.
They also will report any accidents requiring medical
attention to the marshal coordinator, who will informthe medical team.
MECHANICAL INCIDENT

GO-AROUNDS OR CHICKEN LINE
Easier but slower alternate sections that allow lessskilled riders to safely by-pass particularly difficult
sections of the course. Such go-arounds might bedeclared as mandatory for certain categories, such as
Junior Women.

CH 10 - GLOSSARYO

LAPPED RIDERS
Riders in a circuit race (such as an XCO or XCC race) who
have fallen so far behind that they have been caught by
the race leaders. Such riders are normally pulled fromthe race at the 80% zone.

A mechanical incident is a problem with the operation ofa rider’s bike. In the event of a mechanical incident, therider has to proceed to the next closest feed/technicalassistance zone (F/TA Zone) without going backwards
on the course to do so (XC events only). Outside of F/
TA zones, technical assistance is only allowed between
members of the same UCI team or national team, ridingin the same category.
OFFICIAL CEREMONY
Certain riders are obliged to attend the official ceremony after the event (winner, leader of the circuit, leaderof the World Cup etc.). The organiser specifies in theevent’s special regulations which riders should attend
the official ceremony and at what time.
ONBOARD CAMERALEAD BIKE

A small, digital video camera that can either bemounted on the handlebars of a rider’s bike, or on thehelmet. May only be used during training, and not during competition (qualifying rounds or finals), unlessspecifically authorised by the UCI.

This is usually a motorcycle that travels some distancein front of the leading riders to indicate that the front of
the race is approaching.
LEADER’S JERSEYS
The organiser may award one or more leaders’ jerseys,
depending upon the category and classification within
an XCS event. A leader’s jersey may also refer to the
distinctive jersey worn by the leader of a UCI series orclassification, such as the Mountain Bike World Cup.
Once awarded, it is mandatory for the riders in question to wear the leader’s jersey in the race or series inquestion until they are no longer the leader in that particular classification.
LEVEL CROSSING
The organiser must indicate any level crossings on thecourse in the technical guide. It is strictly forbidden topass over a level crossing when it is closed. A level crossing is considered closed as soon as the red lights flash.
This type of crossing is normally only encountered in
XCM, XCP and XCS races, but never in XCO events.

ORGANISERP

The organiser of a cycle race bears responsibility in administrative, financial and legal terms. The organiser
must be licensed as such by the National Federationof the country in which the event is to take place. The
organiser is solely liable for the quality and safety ofthe organisation and all installations.
PADDINGA soft material used to protect the riders should theycrash into a hard object, such as a tree.
PENALTIES
A sanction imposed upon a license holder by the Commissaires’ panel for some infraction of the regulations.
PHOTO-FINISH

LICENCE CHECKSAll persons exercising a function in the race must be
licensed. Before the start, Commissaires should checkthe licences of the riders and team managers.

The use of photo-finish equipment is essential at allinternational-level events. This equipment allows theriders to be separated as they cross the finish line andtime gaps to be calculated.

Sports Departement_213

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

PHOTOGRAPHERS’ ZONE AT THE FINISH
An area should be reserved for accredited photographers just behind the finish line. This area is aminimum of 15 m from the finish line. If the event
is televised, the photographers’ zone must be
behind the fixed finish camera. A line is drawn on
the ground to mark out the area. The photographers
can use a maximum of 40% of the width of the roadat the finish.
PINCH-POINT
A pinch-point is a section of trail where the course
suddenly narrows, or which is very technical in nature,
meaning that normally only 1 rider at a time may passthrough it.

QR

CH 10 - GLOSSARYQUALIFYING ROUND
For downhill events that are staged using the World
Cup system: all riders do an individual time trial on thecourse, and the best riders in the qualifying round arethen qualified for the final, while the others are eliminated and do not go on to participate in the final. Participation in the qualifying round is mandatory.
The same principle applies for 4X and XCE events. Thisqualifying round is used to seed the heats for the mainpart of the competition.
RACE DIRECTOR
The official term for the individual responsible for administrative and organisational issues during the race.
REGISTRATION

PLATE NUMBER

The purpose of registration is as follows:• To verify that the riders entered in the race are notsuspended and are entitled to race in the category inwhich they are entered.
• To assign and issue race numbers to riders.
• To accept payment for the race from riders who are notmembers of an elite team in the discipline of the race, if
not already paid by other means (e.g. an on-line registration system).
• To produce the start lists.

Riders must use plate numbers for identification during
one-day and stage races. The organiser is responsible
for making plate numbers available.
PODIUM
The organiser must provide a podium for the official ceremony. The ceremony platform must be large
enough to accommodate the riders, officials, partners,
hostesses and master of ceremonies. A waiting area
must be provided behind the podium, or close by, toallow the riders to prepare for the ceremony.

RELEGATION
A sporting penalty that may be applied by the Commissaires panel. It is normally applied for a racing incident
that unfairly impacts the outcome of the race, but that is
not severe enough to warrant disqualification. Relegation essentially means that the offending rider is scoredin a different position than that in which he or she actuallyfinished the race. For example, if a rider in a 4X event
missed one or more of the gates, he would likely berelegated to last place for the heat in question.

PRESIDENT OF THE COMMISSAIRES’ PANEL (PCP)For events that are registered on the UCI international
calendar, the president of the Commissaires’ panel(PCP) is an International Commissaire appointed by
the UCI. The PCP has several tasks to be conducted
before, during and after the event. The PCP ensures
the sporting management of the event in coordination with the organiser. The PCP also coordinates theCommissaires’ panel. All decisions made by the Commissaires’ panel must be approved by the PCP or by
the PCP’s delegate.

RACE HEADQUARTERS
The headquarters desk is open from approximately twohours before the event until the Commissaires havecompleted their work after the finish. A member ofthe organisation personnel is on duty throughout thistime. The race headquarters must be equipped with atelephone line, fax, computer and Internet access. The
headquarters desk issues the riders’ body and plate
numbers, as well as accreditation for all individuals.

PRESS CONFERENCE
A press conference is often organised after the eventfor the riders finishing first, second and third.
PRESS ROOMA press room must be available at the start area fromthe day before the event. This room is used for the accreditation of journalists and shall offer work spaces
with electrical sockets and Internet connections.
PROFILE OF THE EVENT/STAGE
The event’s technical guide must include a map and elevation profile of the event. In the case of a stage race,
a profile of every stage must be provided. The profiles
must be accurate as they allow teams and riders to prepare their strategies.

S

The following tasks are conducted at the race headquarters after the finish: drafting communiqués bythe organisation, Commissaires and medical service;drawing up the results; printing and copying the results; sending the results to the UCI and National Federation.
SAFETY NETS
A safety net is used to prevent riders from falling in sections of the course that pass close to the edge of a steep
drop-off.

Sports Departement_214

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

CH 10 - GLOSSARYSEEDING RUNSWEEP BIKE

Similar to a qualifying round for a downhill race. The
main difference is that the seeding run is used only to
decide the start order for the final (the final being in reverse order of the results of the seeding run – that is: thebest rider in the seeding run starts the final last). Unlike
a qualifying round, no riders are eliminated before thefinal. Participation in the seeding run is mandatory.

For XCM and XCP events, a sweep motorcycle follows
the last riders on the course. For XCO events, the lead
bike goes ahead to the last rider and becomes thesweep bike once the race winner has finished.

SINGLE TRACK
Single track is a very narrow section of trail, usually notmuch wider than the width of a single bicycle. Normally
passing is not possible within single track sections of thecourse.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
The organiser should draw up any special regulations
for the event concerning sporting matters. The special
regulations must be included in the event’s technicalguide.
SPORT DIRECTOR
Each team in an event is managed by a sport director
appointed for this purpose. If the team is registeredwith UCI, the sport director’s name must be included
on the appropriate list published on the UCI website.
The sport director is also known as a “team manager”.
STAGING
Staging is the process of organizing the riders in theorder in which they will start the race. Staging normally
begins a maximum of 20 minutes before the scheduledstart time of the race. Riders will be called to the staging area.
STAGE RACE
Stage races (XCS events) are held over a minimum of
three days and a maximum of nine days, and feature ageneral classification on time. Stage races may comprise
XCO, XCT, XCM, XCP and XCC events as individual stages.
START/FINISH AREA
The start and finish areas are key locations in organising a mountain bike race. If a race is to run smoothly,these areas must be appropriately laid out. The dimensions of the start and finish areas are found in the UCI
Mountain Bike Regulations.
START LINE
Barriers are set up on both sides of the road before andafter the start line. The barriers must be put in placeapproximately 100 m before the line and 50 m after.
The start line itself should be indicated by a banner organtry over the road bearing the inscription “Start”.
A white line must be drawn on the ground below thestart banner.
START LIST
The start list is a definitive list. It is drawn up after theconfirmation of the starters and records all the riders
participating in the event

T

T-BONE
Deliberate attempts in 4X races to “take-out” other riders by running into them.
TEAM, CLUBA club team is a team affiliated to a National Federation. The composition of these teams is governed by
the National Federation, although riders must not also
belong to a UCI-registered team.
TEAM MANAGER (see Sport Director)
TEAM, NATIONAL
A national team is a team of riders of the nationality of
the National Federation responsible for selection. They
represent their National Federation and therefore haveto wear the National Federation’s outfit.
TEAM, UCI
The following teams are UCI-registered teams:• Elite UCI Team• UCI TeamTECHNICAL DELEGATE
A technical delegate (TD) is an official appointed
by the UCI (or in some case, the National Federation) to supervise the preparation of the technical aspects of the race, including facilities and installations that make up the race venue, and also therace course. Should a TD not be appointed, this responsibility falls to the president of the Commissaires’
panel. The specific duties of the TD are found in the
UCI regulations.
TECHNICAL GUIDEThe technical guide is the reference document forCommissaires, teams, riders and all others involvedin the event. The technical guide contains all essential information concerning the event and is drafted in
French or English as a minimum and optionally in otherlanguages.
TRAINING (OFFICIAL TRAINING)
One or more periods of time specifically allocated within the event schedule for the riders to practice on thecourse. The purpose of training is for the riders to learn
the course and its features. Training on the course isnormally only permitted during official training periods.
The official training is part of the race. Therefore, riders
must ride with their plate number.
During the official training the following persons must bepresent: marshals, Commissaires and medical services.

Sports Departement_215

TRAINING GUIDE FOR MOUNTAIN BIKE COMMISSAIRES_2017

TRANSPONDERSUThis system identifies riders passing over a line andshould be used to obtain a snapshot of the race at a
specific point. It does not replace the use of photo-finish equipment if required.

Z

ZONE, A AND B
In DH events, the organiser must use special course
marking, i.e. the A and B zone system in areas dangerous to the public.

• “Zone A” sections must be at least 2 m wide (ARTICLE
4.2.026).

UCI RANKING
For the sport in question, the team and nations rankingof riders maintained by the UCI. It is the accumulationof the UCI points of the riders concerned over a sliding
1-year period. The UCI ranking is normally used to decide the start order for mountain bike races.

• “Zone A” is also called “security zone”. The security
zone is solely for Commissaires, marshals and camera
operators and photographers with bibs.

Whereas the access to Zone A is restricted to authorised
persons, Zone B is open to spectators.

UCI SECRETARYW

The Commissaire responsible for the race administration. Normally this includes management of riders’confirmation and the production and distribution ofstart lists, results and communiqués.
WARNING
Advice given by the Commissaires to riders who are either about to commit an infraction of the regulations, or who havecommitted a minor infraction of the regulations without any significant impact on the competition. The
main point of a warning is to notify a rider when he or
she has done something wrong. A warning carries nosanction.
WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS
Each year a World Championship shall be held according to the results of which the title of World Champion
is conferred on the winners of races included in a programme determined by the Management Committee(ARTICLE 9.1.001).
The world champion will be allowed to wear the rainbow jersey in the respective category or format until
the day the title of world champion in the respective
category or format is anew at stake.
WORLD CUPY

CH 10 - GLOSSARY

The UCI Mountain Bike World Cup is a series of races including the XCO, XCE and DHI race types. It is the highestlevel professional mountain bike racing series in theworld.
YELLOW/RED FLAG
Marshals are equipped with a whistle and a red or
yellow flag. They use these items to warn the riders ofeither a need to stop racing due to a crash (red flagin a downhill race) or to warn them of a hazard ahead
and to use caution (yellow flag in training for a downhill
race, or during training and racing for XC races).

Sports Departement_216

Union Cycliste Internationale
Ch. de la Mêlée 12
CH – 1860 Aigle
Switzerland

Design and production: Agence Zoom. Photo copyrights: Graham Watson, Michal Cerveny. 2017.

Email: uci@uci.ch